Document:

EX-4.1

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

SERIES 2008-1 SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of January 24, 2008

to

POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

Dated as of May 16, 1996,

as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006

$2,875,000,000

 

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

Series 2008-1

 

among

AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION II

AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION III LLC

AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION IV LLC

as Transferors

AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC.

as Servicer

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

as Trustee

on behalf of the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	Creation of the Series 2008-1 Certificates
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.01.

	 	Designation
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	Definitions
	 	 	2	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.01.

	 	Definitions
	 	 	2	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III

	 	Servicing Fee
	 	 	14	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.01.

	 	Servicing Compensation
	 	 	14	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV

	 	Rights of Series 2008-1 Certificateholders and Allocation and Application
of Collections
	 	 	15	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.01.

	 	Collections and Allocations
	 	 	15	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.02.

	 	Determination of Monthly Interest
	 	 	17	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.03.

	 	Principal Funding Account;
Controlled Accumulation Period
	 	 	18	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.04.

	 	Required Amount
	 	 	20	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.05.

	 	Application of Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds,
Collateral Available Funds and Available Principal Collections
	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.06.

	 	Defaulted Amounts; Investor Charge-Offs
	 	 	23	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.07.

	 	Excess Spread; Excess Finance Charge Collections
	 	 	24	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.08.

	 	Reallocated Principal Collections
	 	 	25	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.09.

	 	Excess Finance Charge Collections
	 	 	25	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.10.

	 	Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections
	 	 	26	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.11.

	 	Shared Principal Collections
	 	 	27	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.12.

	 	Reserve Account
	 	 	27	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.13.

	 	Investment Instructions
	 	 	28	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.14.

	 	Determination of LIBOR
	 	 	29	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V

	 	Distributions and Reports to Series 2008-1 Certificateholders
	 	 	30	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.01.

	 	Distributions
	 	 	30	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.02.

	 	Reports and Statements to Series 2008-1 Certificateholders
	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI

	 	Pay-Out Events
	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.01.

	 	Pay-Out Events
	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII

	 	Optional Repurchase; Series Termination
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.01.

	 	Optional Repurchase
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.02.

	 	Series Termination
	 	 	33	 

-i-

 

TABLE
OF CONTENTS
(continued)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII

	 	Final Distributions
	 	 	34	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.01.

	 	Sale of Receivables or Certificateholders’ Interest pursuant to
Section 2.06 or 10.01 of the Agreement and Section 7.01 or 7.02 of this
Supplement
	 	 	34	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.02.

	 	Distribution of Proceeds of Sale, Disposition or Liquidation of the
Receivables pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Agreement
	 	 	35	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX

	 	Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.01.

	 	Ratification of Agreement
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.02.

	 	Counterparts
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.03.

	 	Governing Law
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.04.

	 	[Reserved]
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.05.

	 	[Reserved]
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.06.

	 	Uncertificated Securities
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.07.

	 	Transfers of the Collateral Interest
	 	 	36	 

-ii-

 

SERIES 2008-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of January 24, 2008 (the
“Supplement”), among AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING
CORPORATION II, a Delaware corporation, AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES
FINANCING CORPORATION III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,
and AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION IV LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, as Transferors, AMERICAN EXPRESS
TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC., a New York corporation, as
Servicer, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a banking corporation organized
and existing under the laws of the State of New York, not in its
individual capacity, but solely as Trustee.

          Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1996, as amended and
restated as of January 1, 2006 (as amended and restated and as otherwise amended and supplemented,
the “Agreement”), among the Transferors, the Servicer and the Trustee, the AMERICAN EXPRESS
CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST (the “Trust”) has been created. Section 6.03 of the Agreement
provides that the Transferors may from time to time direct the Trustee to authenticate one or more
new Series of Investor Certificates representing fractional undivided interests in the Trust. The
Principal Terms of any new Series are to be set forth in a Supplement to the Agreement.

          Pursuant to this Supplement, the Transferors and the Trustee shall create a new Series of
Investor Certificates and specify the Principal Terms thereof.

ARTICLE I

Creation of the Series 2008-1 Certificates

          Section 1.01. Designation.

          (a) There is hereby created a Series of Investor Certificates to be issued pursuant to the
Agreement and this Supplement to be known as “American Express Credit Account Master Trust, Series
2008-1.” The Series 2008-1 Certificates shall be issued in two Classes, the first of which shall
be known as the “Class A Series 2008-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates” and the second of
which shall be known as the “Class B Series 2008-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates.” In
addition, there is hereby created a third Class of uncertificated interests in the Trust which
shall be known as the “Collateral Interest, Series 2008-1” and which shall be deemed to be
“Investor Certificates” for all purposes under the Agreement and this Supplement other than for
purposes of the definition of the term “Tax Opinion” in Section 1.01 of the Agreement. The
Collateral Interest shall be considered a Class of Series 2008-1 for all purposes of the Agreement
and this Supplement, including for purposes of voting concerning the liquidation of the Trust
pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Agreement. The Collateral Interest Holder shall be deemed to be
the Series Enhancer for all purposes under the Agreement and this Supplement.

          (b) Series 2008-1 shall be included in Group II and shall be a Principal Sharing Series.
Series 2008-1 shall be an Excess Allocation Series. Series 2008-1 shall not be subordinated to any
other Series. Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement or in this Supplement to the
contrary, the first Distribution Date with respect to Series 2008-1 shall be the February 2008
Distribution Date and the first Monthly Period shall begin on and include the Closing Date and end
on and include January 25, 2008.

          (c) Except as expressly provided herein, (i) the provisions of Article VI and Article XII of
the Agreement relating to the registration, authentication, delivery, presentation, cancellation
and

1

 

surrender of Registered Certificates shall not be applicable to the Collateral Interest, and
(ii) the provisions of Section 3.07 of the Agreement shall not cause the Collateral Interest to be
treated as debt for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, but rather the
Transferors intend, and together with the Collateral Interest Holder, agree to treat the Collateral
Interest for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as representing an equity
interest in the assets of the Trust.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

          Section 2.01. Definitions.

          (a) Whenever used in this Supplement, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings, and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural
forms of such terms and the masculine as well as the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

          “Additional Interest” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the Class A
Additional Interest, the Class B Additional Interest and the Collateral Additional Interest for
such Distribution Date.

          “Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, with respect to any date of determination, an
amount equal to the Invested Amount less the Principal Funding Account Balance on such date of
determination.

          “Assignee” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.07(a).

          “Available Principal Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) (i) an amount equal to the Principal Allocation Percentage of Series 2008-1 Allocable Principal Collections received during such Monthly Period minus (ii) the
amount of Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Monthly Period which pursuant to
Section 4.08 are required to fund the Required Amount for the related Distribution Date, (b) any
Shared Principal Collections with respect to other Series that are allocated to Series 2008-1 in
accordance with Section 4.04 of the Agreement and Section 4.11 of this Supplement, and (c) any
other amounts which pursuant to Section 4.05 or 4.07 of this Supplement are to be treated as
Available Principal Collections with respect to the related Distribution Date.

          “Available Reserve Account Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on such date (before giving effect
to any deposit to be made to the Reserve Account on such date) and (b) the Required Reserve Account
Amount.

          “Base Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of the Class A Monthly
Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest (calculated as if the Class B Invested Amount equals the
outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates), the Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest
and the Monthly Servicing Fee with respect to the related Distribution Date and the denominator of
which is the Invested Amount as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period.

          “Class A Additional Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(a).

          “Class A Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, with respect to any date of
determination, an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount less the Principal Funding Account
Balance (but not in excess of the Class A Invested Amount) on such date.

2

 

          “Class A Available Funds” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) if such Monthly Period relates to a Distribution Date with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period, the Class A Floating Percentage of Principal Funding Account
Investment Proceeds, if any, with respect to such Distribution Date, (b) the Class A Floating
Percentage of the Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections and (c) the amount of funds, if
any, to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account which, pursuant to subsection 4.12(d), are required
to be included in Class A Available Funds with respect to such Distribution Date.

          “Class A Certificate Rate” shall mean, for any Interest Accrual Period with respect to
the Class A Certificates, a per annum rate equal to LIBOR plus 0.45%.

          “Class A Certificateholder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class A Certificate
is registered in the Certificate Register.

          “Class A Certificates” shall mean any one of the Certificates executed by the
Transferors and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-l.

          “Class A Floating Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of
which is equal to the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day
of the preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted Invested
Amount as of such day; provided, however, that with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Class
A Floating Percentage shall mean the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Class A Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

          “Class A Initial Invested Amount” shall mean $2,530,000,000.

          “Class A Interest Shortfall” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(a).

          “Class A Invested Amount” shall mean, on any date of determination, an amount equal to
(a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made
to the Class A Certificateholders on or prior to such date, minus (c) the excess, if any, of (i)
the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates over (ii)
Class A Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed pursuant to subsection 4.07(b) prior to such date.

          “Class A Investor Charge-Offs” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.06(a).

          “Class A Investor Default Amount” shall mean, with respect to each Distribution Date,
an amount equal to the product of (i) the Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date and
(ii) the Class A Floating Percentage for such Monthly Period.

          “Class A Monthly Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(a).

          “Class A Principal Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period (i)
during the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%)
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount as of the last day of the
immediately preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of such
day and (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Early Amortization Period or any
Partial Amortization Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%)
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount as of the close of business on the date on
which the Revolving Period shall have terminated and the denominator of which is the Invested
Amount as of the close of business on the date on which the Revolving Period shall have terminated;
provided, however, that with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Class A Principal Percentage
shall mean the percentage

3

 

equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Initial
Invested Amount and denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

          “Class A Required Amount” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.04(a).

          “Class A Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

          “Class B Additional Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b).

          “Class B Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, with respect to any date of
determination, an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount less the positive difference, if any,
between the Principal Funding Account Balance and the Class A Invested Amount on such date.

          “Class B Available Funds” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) the Class B Floating Percentage of the Reallocated Investor Finance Charge
Collections and (b) if such Monthly Period relates to a Distribution Date with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period, the Class B Floating Percentage of the Principal Funding Account
Investment Proceeds, if any, with respect to such Distribution Date.

          “Class B Certificate Rate” shall mean, for any Interest Accrual Period with respect to
the Class B Certificates, a per annum rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.35%; provided, however, that the
Transferors may adjust the Class B Certificate Rate from time to time only upon the satisfaction of
the Rate Adjustment Conditions.

          “Class B Certificateholder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class B Certificate
is registered in the Certificate Register.

          “Class B Certificates” shall mean any one of the Certificates executed by the
Transferors and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-2.

          “Class B Floating Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of
which is equal to the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day
of the preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted Invested
Amount as of the close of business on such day; provided, however, that with respect to the first
Monthly Period, the Class B Floating Percentage shall mean the percentage equivalent of a fraction,
the numerator of which is the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the
Initial Invested Amount.

          “Class B Initial Invested Amount” shall mean $158,125,000.

          “Class B Interest Shortfall” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b).

          “Class B Invested Amount” shall mean, on any date of determination, an amount equal to
(a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made
to the Class B Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B
Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the amount of Reallocated
Principal Collections allocated on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to subsection 4.08(a)
(excluding any Reallocated Principal Collections that have resulted in a reduction in the
Collateral Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.08), minus (e) an amount equal to the amount by
which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to subsection 4.06(a) and plus (f) the amount
of Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated and available on all prior
Distribution Dates pursuant to subsection 4.07(e) for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted
pursuant to the foregoing

4

 

clauses (c), (d) and (e); provided, however, that the Class B Invested
Amount may not be reduced below zero.

          “Class B Investor Charge-Offs” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.06(b).

          “Class B Investor Default Amount” shall mean, with respect to each Distribution Date,
an amount equal to the product of (i) the Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date and
(ii) the Class B Floating Percentage for such Monthly Period.

          “Class B Monthly Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b).

          “Class B Principal Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, (i)
during the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%)
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount as of the last day of the
immediately preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of such
day and (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Early Amortization Period or any
Partial Amortization Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%)
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount as of the close of business on
the date on which the Revolving Period shall have terminated and the denominator of which is the
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the date on which the Revolving Period shall have
terminated; provided, however, that with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Class B Principal
Percentage shall mean the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class
B Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

          “Class B Required Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 4.04(b).

          “Class B Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

          “Closing Date” shall mean January 24, 2008; provided that, for purposes of determining
the date on which the first Monthly Period begins, the Closing Date shall be deemed to be the close
of business on the last day of the seventh billing cycle applicable to the Accounts ending in
December 2007.

          “Collateral Additional Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.02(c).

          “Collateral Available Funds” shall mean with respect to any Distribution Date, the
Collateral Floating Percentage of Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections with respect to
the preceding Monthly Period.

          “Collateral Charge-Offs” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.06(c).

          “Collateral Default Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
product of the Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date and the Collateral Floating
Percentage.

          “Collateral Floating Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator
of which is equal to the Collateral Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of
the preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the
close of business on such last day; provided, however, that with respect to the first Monthly
Period, the Collateral Floating Percentage shall mean the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Collateral Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the
Initial Invested Amount.

          “Collateral Initial Invested Amount” shall mean $186,875,000.

5

 

          “Collateral Interest” shall mean a fractional undivided interest in the Trust which
shall consist of the right to receive, (i) to the extent necessary to make the required payments to
the Collateral Interest Holder under this Supplement, the portion of Collections allocable thereto
under the Agreement and this Supplement and funds on deposit in the Collection Account allocable
thereto pursuant to the Agreement and this Supplement and (ii) amounts available for payment to the
Collateral Interest Holder pursuant to subsections 4.07(k), 4.12(e), 4.12(f), 8.01(b), 8.02(a) and
8.02(b) or any other provision of this Supplement.

          “Collateral Interest Holder” shall mean the entity so designated in the Transfer
Agreement.

          “Collateral Interest Shortfall” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.02(c).

          “Collateral Invested Amount” shall mean, when used with respect to any date, an amount
equal to (a) the Collateral Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal
payments made to the Collateral Interest Holder prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount
of Collateral Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to subsection 4.06(c), minus
(d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocated on all prior Distribution
Dates pursuant to Section 4.08 allocable to the Collateral Invested Amount, minus (e) an amount
equal to the amount by which the Collateral Invested Amount has been reduced on all prior
Distribution Dates pursuant to subsections 4.06(a) and (b), and plus (f) the amount allocated and
available on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to subsection 4.07(i), for the purpose of
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e); provided, however,
that the Collateral Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.

          “Collateral Minimum Interest Rate” shall mean the rate specified in the Transfer
Agreement; provided that for purposes of this Supplement, such rate shall not exceed LIBOR plus
2.50% per annum.

          “Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.02(c).

          “Collateral Principal Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, (i)
during the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%)
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Collateral Invested Amount as of the last day of the
immediately preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of such
day and (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Early Amortization Period or any
Partial Amortization Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%)
of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Collateral Invested Amount as of the close of business
on the date on which the Revolving Period shall have terminated and the denominator of which is the
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the date on which the Revolving Period shall have
terminated; provided, however, that with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Collateral
Principal Percentage shall mean the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Collateral Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

          “Collateral Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.

          “Controlled Accumulation Amount” shall mean, for any Distribution Date with respect to
the Controlled Accumulation Period, $224,010,416.67; provided, however, that, if the Controlled
Accumulation Period Length is determined to be less than 12 months, the Controlled Accumulation
Amount for each Distribution Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period will be equal
to (i) the product of (x) the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount and the Class B Initial
Invested Amount and (y) the Controlled Accumulation Period Factor for the related Monthly Period
divided by (ii) the Required Accumulation Factor Number.

6

 

          “Controlled Accumulation Period” shall mean, unless a Pay-Out Event shall have
occurred prior thereto, the period commencing at the close of business on the last day of the
December 2009 Monthly Period or such later date as is determined in accordance with subsection
4.03(c) and ending on the first to occur of (a) the commencement of the Early Amortization Period,
(b) the payment in full of the Invested Amount and (c) the Expected Final Payment Date.

          “Controlled Accumulation Period Factor” shall mean, for each Monthly Period, a
fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of the series invested amounts as of the last
day of the prior Monthly Period of all outstanding Series, and the denominator of which is equal to
the sum (without duplication) of (a) the Series Invested Amount as of the last day of the prior
Monthly Period, (b) the series invested amounts as of the last day of the prior Monthly Period of
all outstanding Series (other than Series 2008-1) that are not expected to be in their revolving
periods, and (c) the series invested amounts as of the last day of the prior Monthly Period of all
other outstanding Series that are not Principal Sharing Series and are in their revolving periods.

          “Controlled Accumulation Period Length” has the meaning specified in subsection
4.03(c).

          “Controlled Deposit Amount” shall mean, for any Distribution Date with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the sum of the Controlled Accumulation Amount
for such Distribution Date and any Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount for the immediately
preceding Distribution Date.

          “Covered Amount” shall mean, for any Distribution Date with respect to the Controlled
Accumulation Period or the first Special Payment Date, if such Special Payment Date occurs prior to
the date the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full, an amount equal to the sum of (x) with
respect to the Class A Certificates, the product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate, (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days from and including the prior
Distribution Date to but excluding the then current Distribution Date and the denominator of which
is 360 and, (iii) the Principal Funding Account Balance, if any, as of the preceding Distribution
Date that is allocable to the principal of the Class A Certificates and (y) with respect to the
Class B Certificates, the product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate, (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the actual number of days from and including the prior Distribution Date to
but excluding the then current Distribution Date and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the
Principal Funding Account Balance, if any, as of the preceding Distribution Date that is allocable
to the principal of the Class B Certificates.

          “Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount” shall mean (a) on the first Distribution Date
with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled
Accumulation Amount for such Distribution Date over the amount deposited in the Principal Funding
Account on such Distribution Date and (b) on each subsequent Distribution Date with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount for such
subsequent Distribution Date over the amount deposited in the Principal Funding Account on such
subsequent Distribution Date.

          “Distribution Date” shall mean February 15, 2008, and the 15th day of each calendar
month thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

          “Early Amortization Period” shall mean the period commencing at the close of business
on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which a Pay-Out Event with respect to Series
2008-1 is deemed to have occurred, and ending on the first to occur of (i) the payment in full of
the Invested Amount or (ii) the Series 2008-1 Termination Date.

7

 

          “Excess Finance Charge Collections” shall mean collections of Finance Charge
Receivables and certain other amounts allocable to the Certificateholders’ Interest of any Excess
Allocation Series in excess of the amounts necessary to make required payments with respect to such
series (including payments to the provider of any related Series Enhancement) that are payable out
of collections of Finance Charge Receivables.

          “Excess Spread” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of the
amounts, if any, specified pursuant to subsections 4.05(a)(iv), 4.05(b)(iii) and 4.05(c)(ii) with
respect to such Distribution Date.

          “Expected Final Payment Date” shall mean the January 2011 Distribution Date.

          “Finance Charge Shortfall” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.09.

          “Floating Allocation Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or with
respect to the first Monthly Period, the Initial Invested Amount) and the denominator of which is
the product of (x) the Series 2008-1 Allocation Percentage with respect to such Monthly Period and
(y) the sum of (i) the total amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of such day (or with
respect to the first Monthly Period, the total amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust on the
Closing Date) and (ii) the principal amount on deposit in the Special Funding Account as of such
last day (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, as of the Closing Date); provided, however,
that with respect to any Monthly Period in which an Addition Date for an Aggregate Addition or a
Removal Date occurs the amount in (y)(i) above shall be (1) the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust at the end of the day on the last day of the prior Monthly Period for the
period from and including the first day of such Monthly Period to but excluding the related
Addition Date or Removal Date and (2) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust at
the end of the day on the related Addition Date or Removal Date for the period from and including
the related Addition Date or Removal Date to and including the last day of such Monthly Period.

          “Group II” shall mean Series 2008-1 and each other Series specified in the related
Supplement to be included in Group II.

          “Group II Investor Additional Amounts” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the sum of (a) Series 2008-1 Additional Amounts for such Distribution Date and (b) for all
other Series included in Group II, the sum of (i) the aggregate net amount by which the Invested
Amounts of such Series have been reduced as a result of investor charge-offs, subordination of
principal collections and funding the investor default amounts in respect of any Class or Series
Enhancement interests of such Series as of such Distribution Date and (ii) if the applicable
Supplements so provide, the aggregate unpaid amount of interest at the applicable certificate rates
that has accrued on the amounts described in the preceding clause (i) for such Distribution Date.

          “Group II Investor Default Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the sum of (a) the Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date and (b) the aggregate amount
of the investor default amounts for all other Series included in Group II for such Distribution
Date.

          “Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections” shall mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of (a) Investor Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date
and (b) the aggregate amount of the investor finance charge collections for all other Series
included in Group II for such Distribution Date.

8

 

          “Group II Investor Monthly Fees” shall mean with respect to any Distribution Date, the
sum of (a) Series 2008-1 Monthly Fees for such Distribution Date and (b) the aggregate amount of
the servicing fees, investor fees, fees payable to any Series Enhancer and any other similar fees,
which are payable out of reallocated investor finance charge collections pursuant to the related
Supplements, for all other Series included in Group II for such Distribution Date.

          “Group II Investor Monthly Interest” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the sum of (a) Series 2008-1 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date and (b) the
aggregate amount of monthly interest, including overdue monthly interest and interest on such
overdue monthly interest, if such amounts are payable out of reallocated investor finance charge
collections pursuant to the related Supplements, for all other Series included in Group II for such
Distribution Date.

          “Initial Invested Amount” shall mean $2,875,000,000.

          “Interest Accrual Period” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
period (a) from and including the Distribution Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date
(or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, from and including the Closing Date) and (b) to
but excluding such Distribution Date.

          “Invested Amount” shall mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the
sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount as of such date, (b) the Class B Invested Amount as of such
date and (c) the Collateral Invested Amount as of such date.

          “Investment Letter” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.07(a).

          “Investor Charge-Offs” shall mean Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B Investor
Charge-Offs and Collateral Charge-Offs.

          “Investor Default Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, an amount
equal to the product of (a) the Series 2008-1 Allocable Defaulted Amount for the related Monthly
Period and (b) the Floating Allocation Percentage for such Monthly Period.

          “Investor Finance Charge Collections” shall mean with respect to any Distribution
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Floating Allocation Percentage for the related
Monthly Period and (b) Series 2008-1 Allocable Finance Charge Collections deposited in the
Collection Account for the related Monthly Period.

          “LIBOR” shall mean, for any Interest Accrual Period, a per annum interest rate
determined by the Trustee for such Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.14.

          “LIBOR Determination Date” shall mean January 22, 2008 for the period from and
including the Closing Date to but excluding February 15, 2008, and for every other Interest Accrual
Period, the second London Business Day prior to the commencement of such Interest Accrual Period.

          “London Business Day” shall mean any day on which dealings in deposits in United
States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

          “Monthly Interest” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the Class A Monthly
Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest and the Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date.

9

 

          “Monthly Receivables Percentage” shall mean, for any day, the percentage equivalent of
a fraction, the numerator of which is an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables outstanding in the Trust attributable to the Transferor or Account Owner with
respect to which an Insolvency Event or a Transfer Restriction Event has occurred, and the
denominator of which is an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
outstanding in the Trust, in each as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period.

          “Monthly Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 3.01.

          “Pay-Out Event” shall mean any Pay-Out Event specified in Section 6.01.

          “Permitted Assignee” shall mean any Person who, if it were the Collateral Interest
Holder or a holder of an interest in the Trust, as applicable, would not cause the Trust to be
taxable as a publicly traded partnership for federal income tax purposes.

          “Principal Allocation Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any day during a Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is (a) during the Revolving Period, the Series Adjusted Invested Amount for
Series 2008-1 as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of
the first Monthly Period, the Initial Invested Amount) and (b) during the Controlled Accumulation
Period, the Early Amortization Period or any Partial Amortization Period, the Series Adjusted
Invested Amount for Series 2008-1 as of the close of business on the date on which the Revolving
Period shall have terminated and the denominator of which is the product of (x) the sum of (i) the
total amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the last day of the immediately preceding
Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, the total amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust as of the Closing Date) and (ii) the principal amount on deposit in the
Special Funding Account as of such last day (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, the
Closing Date) and (y) the Series 2008-1 Allocation Percentage as of the last day of the immediately
preceding Monthly Period; provided, however, that with respect to any Monthly Period in which an
Addition Date for an Aggregate Addition or a Removal Date occurs the amount in (x)(i) above shall
be (1) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust at the end of the day on the last
day of the prior Monthly Period for the period from and including the first day of such Monthly
Period to but excluding the related Addition Date or Removal Date and (2) the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables in the Trust at the end of the day on the related Addition Date or Removal
Date for the period from and including the related Addition Date or Removal Date to and including
the last day of such Monthly Period; and provided further, that if after the commencement of the
Controlled Accumulation Period a Pay-Out Event occurs with respect to another Series that was
designated in the Supplement therefor as a Series that is a “Paired Series” with respect to Series
2008-1, the Transferors may, by written notice delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer, designate
a different numerator for the foregoing fraction, provided that (x) such numerator is not less than
the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of the revolving period for such Paired Series, (y)
the Transferors shall have received written notice from each Rating Agency that the Rating Agency
Condition has been satisfied with respect to such designation and shall have delivered copies of
each such written notice to the Servicer and the Trustee and (z) each Transferor shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of such Transferor to the effect that, based on
the facts known to such officer at such time, in the reasonable belief of such Transferor, such
designation will not cause a Pay-Out Event or an event that, after the giving of notice or the
lapse of time, would constitute a Pay-Out Event, to occur with respect to Series 2008-1.

          “Principal Funding Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(a)(i).

          “Principal Funding Account Balance” shall mean, with respect to any date of
determination during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the principal amount, if any, on deposit
in the Principal Funding Account on such date of determination.

10

 

          “Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.03(a)(ii).

          “Principal Funding Account Investment Shortfall” shall mean, with respect to each
Distribution Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the amount, if any, by which the
Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds are less than the Covered Amount.

          “Rate Adjustment Conditions” shall mean, with respect to any modification of the Class
B Certificate Rate by the Transferors, (i) the Transferors shall provide written notice to the
Trustee of the modified Class B Certificate Rate no later than two Business Days prior to the date
on which such modified rate is to become effective; (ii) the modified Class B Certificate Rate
shall not exceed a per annum rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.35%, (iii) the Class B Certificate Rate
shall not be modified more than two times during any Interest Accrual Period; (iv) the Transferors
shall certify in the related notice that the modified Class B Certificate Rate is a fixed rate or a
“qualified floating rate” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.1275-5) otherwise
meeting such relevant requirements as would cause the Class B Certificates to constitute variable
rate debt instruments (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.1275-5, including
without limitation paragraph (a)(4) thereof) and determined under procedures consistent with those
applicable to reset bonds (as described in Treasury Regulations section 1.1275-5(f)) such that, in
either case, the fair market value of the Class B Certificates will be the Class B Invested Amount;
(v) the Transferors shall certify in the related notice that the Class B Certificates have not been
previously sold by TRS or any of its Affiliates (including, without limitation, within the meaning
of Affiliate, solely for purposes of this clause (v), any Person related to TRS within the meaning
of sections 267(b) or 707(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) to a Person who is not TRS or any of
its Affiliates; (vi) the Transferors shall provide to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that such modification shall not adversely affect the status of the Class B Certificates as
debt for federal income tax purposes; (vii) if the modified Class B Certificate Rate is a fixed
rate or a rate based on an index other than LIBOR, the Transferors shall provide two days’ notice
of such modified rate to the Rating Agencies; and (viii) if the modified Class B Certificate Rate
is a fixed rate or a rate based on an index other than LIBOR, the Transferors shall certify in the
related notice to the Trustee that the Rating Agencies have been notified pursuant to clause (vii)
above.

          “Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections” shall mean that portion of Group II
Investor Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2008-1 pursuant to Section 4.10.

          “Reallocated Principal Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period,
the product of (a) the Series 2008-1 Allocable Principal Collections deposited in the Collection
Account for such Monthly Period and (b) the sum of the Class B Principal Percentage and the
Collateral Principal Percentage.

          “Reassignment Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, after giving
effect to any deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on such Distribution Date, the sum of
(i) the Adjusted Invested Amount on such Distribution Date, plus (ii) Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date and any Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, plus (iii) the amount of Additional Interest, if
any, for such Distribution Date and any Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to
the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date.

          “Reference Banks” shall mean four major banks in the London interbank market selected
by the Servicer.

          “Required Accumulation Factor Number” shall be equal to a fraction, rounded upwards to
the nearest whole number, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is equal to
the

11

 

lowest monthly principal payment rate on the Accounts, expressed as a decimal, for the three
months preceding the date of such calculation.

          “Required Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the sum of the Class
A Required Amount and the Class B Required Amount.

          “Required Reserve Account Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date on
or after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount equal to (1) 0.50% of the Class A Invested
Amount as of the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all changes therein on such
date) or (2) any other percentage (which may be 0%) of the Class A Invested Amount designated by
the Transferors, provided that if such percentage is less than the percentage specified in clause
(1) above, the Transferors shall have received the prior written consent of the Collateral Interest
Holder and written notice from each Rating Agency that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to such designation and shall have delivered copies of each such written
notice to the Servicer and the Trustee.

          “Reserve Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.12(a).

          “Reserve Account Funding Date” shall mean the Distribution Date which occurs not later
than the earliest of (a) the Distribution Date with respect to the Monthly Period that commences
not later than three months prior to the Distribution Date with respect to the first Monthly Period
in the Controlled Accumulation Period, (b) in the event that the average Excess Spread Percentage
for any three consecutive Monthly Periods ending in the January 2009 Monthly Period or any Monthly
Period thereafter is less than 2%, the Distribution Date with respect to such Monthly Period, (c)
in the event that the average Excess Spread Percentage for any three consecutive Monthly Periods
ending in the July 2009 Monthly Period or any Monthly Period thereafter is less than 3%, the
Distribution Date with respect to such Monthly Period and (d) such earlier Distribution Date as the
Transferors may determine by written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer. For this purpose, the
“Excess Spread Percentage” for any Monthly Period shall be equal to the Series Adjusted
Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Period minus the Base Rate for such Monthly Period.

          “Reserve Account Surplus” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount, if
any, by which the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account exceeds the Required Reserve Account
Amount.

          “Reserve Draw Amount” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.12(c).

          “Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” shall mean the display page currently designated as page
LIBOR01 on the Reuters Screen (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the
purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices).

          “Revolving Period” shall mean the period beginning at the close of business on the
Series Cut-Off Date and ending on the earlier of (a) the close of business on the day immediately
preceding the day the Controlled Accumulation Period commences and (b) the close of business on the
day immediately preceding the day the Early Amortization Period commences.

          “Series Adjusted Portfolio Yield” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is equal to (a)
Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections with respect to such Monthly Period, plus (b) the amount
of any Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds for the related Distribution Date, plus (c)
provided that each Rating Agency has consented in writing to the inclusion thereof in calculating
the Series Adjusted Portfolio Yield, any Excess Finance Charge Collections that are allocated to
Series 2008-1 with respect to such Monthly Period, plus (d) the amount of funds, if any, withdrawn
from the Reserve Account which

12

 

pursuant to subsection 4.12(d) are required to be deposited into the
Collection Account and included as Class A Available Funds for the Distribution Date with respect
to such Monthly Period, minus (e) the Investor Default Amount for the Distribution Date with
respect to such Monthly Period, and (B) the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of the
last day of the preceding Monthly Period.

          “Series Cut-Off Date” shall mean the close of business on January 24, 2008.

          “Series 2008-1” shall mean the Series of Certificates the terms of which are specified
in this Supplement.

          “Series 2008-1 Additional Amounts” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to subsections 4.07(b), (e) and (i) for such
Distribution Date.

          “Series 2008-1 Allocable Defaulted Amount” shall mean the Series Allocable Defaulted
Amount with respect to Series 2008-1.

          “Series 2008-1 Allocable Finance Charge Collections” shall mean the Series Allocable
Finance Charge Collections with respect to Series 2008-1.

          “Series 2008-1 Allocable Principal Collections” shall mean the Series Allocable
Principal Collections with respect to Series 2008-1.

          “Series 2008-1 Allocation Percentage” shall mean the Series Allocation Percentage with
respect to Series 2008-1.

          “Series 2008-1 Certificate” shall mean a Class A Certificate or a Class B Certificate
or the Collateral Interest.

          “Series 2008-1 Certificateholder” shall mean a Class A Certificateholder or a Class B
Certificateholder or the Collateral Interest Holder.

          “Series 2008-1 Certificateholders’ Interest” shall mean the Certificateholders’
Interest for Series 2008-1, including the Collateral Interest.

          “Series 2008-1 Monthly Fees” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
amount determined pursuant to subsections 4.05(a)(ii), (b)(ii) and (c)(i) and subsection 4.07(g).

          “Series 2008-1 Monthly Interest” shall mean the amounts determined pursuant to
subsections 4.02(a), (b) and (c).

          “Series 2008-1 Principal Shortfall” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.11.

          “Series 2008-1 Termination Date” shall mean the August 2013 Distribution Date.

          “Series Invested Amount” shall mean the Initial Invested Amount.

          “Series Required Transferor Amount” shall mean an amount equal to 7% of the Invested
Amount.

          “Servicing Base Amount” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

          “Servicing Fee Rate” shall mean 2.0% per annum.

13

 

          “Special Payment Date” shall mean each Distribution Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period.

          “Transfer” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.07(a).

          “Transfer Agreement” shall mean the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
January 24, 2008, among RFC II, RFC III and RFC IV, as transferors, TRS, as administrator, and the
American Express Credit Account Secured Note Trust 2008-1, as issuer, as the same may be amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          “Transferor Percentage” shall mean 100% minus (a) the Floating Allocation Percentage,
when used at any time with respect to Finance Charge Receivables and Defaulted Receivables, or (b)
the Principal Allocation Percentage, when used at any time with respect to Principal Receivables.

          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplement or the Agreement, the term
“Rating Agency” shall mean, whenever used in this Supplement or the Agreement with respect
to Series 2008-1, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. As used in this Supplement and in the Agreement
with respect to Series 2008-1, “highest investment category” shall mean (i) in the case of Standard
& Poor’s, AAA or A-1+, as applicable and (ii) in the case of Moody’s, Aaa or P-1, as applicable.

          (c) Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate to the Series 2008-1 Certificates and no
other Series of Certificates issued by the Trust, unless the context otherwise requires. All
capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them
in the Agreement. In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or
be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Agreement, the terms and provisions of
this Supplement shall govern.

          (d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this
Supplement shall refer to this Supplement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Supplement; references to any Article, subsection, Section or Exhibit are references to Articles,
subsections, Sections and Exhibits in or to this Supplement unless otherwise specified; and the
term “including” means “including without limitation.”

ARTICLE III

Servicing Fee

          Section 3.01. Servicing Compensation. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable to the
Series 2008-1 Certificateholders with respect to any Distribution Date (the “Monthly Servicing
Fee”) shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the Servicing Fee Rate and (b) (i)
the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of the Monthly Period preceding such Distribution
Date minus (ii) the product of the amount, if any, on deposit in the Special Funding Account as of
the last day of the Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date and the Series 2008-1
Allocation Percentage with respect to such Monthly Period (the amount calculated pursuant to this
clause (b) is referred to as the “Servicing Base Amount”). The share of the Monthly
Servicing Fee allocable to the Class A Certificateholders with respect to any Distribution Date
(the “Class A Servicing Fee”) shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the Class
A Floating Percentage, (b) the Servicing Fee Rate and (c) the Servicing Base Amount. The share of the Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to the Class B Certificateholders with respect to any
Distribution Date (the “Class B Servicing Fee”) shall be equal to one-twelfth of the
product of (a) the Class B Floating Percentage, (b) the Servicing Fee Rate and (c) the Servicing Base Amount.
The share of the Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to the Collateral Interest with respect to any
Distribution Date (the “Collateral Servicing Fee”) shall be equal to one-twelfth of the
product of the (a) Collateral Floating Percentage, (b) the Servicing Fee Rate and (c) the Servicing
Base

14

 

Amount. The remainder of the Servicing Fee shall be paid by the Holders of the Transferor
Certificates or the investor certificateholders of other Series (as provided in the related
Supplements) and in no event shall the Trust, the Trustee or the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders
be liable for the share of the Servicing Fee to be paid by the Holders of the Transferor
Certificates or the investor certificateholders of any other Series. To the extent that the Class
A Servicing Fee, the Class B Servicing Fee and the Collateral Servicing Fee are not paid in full
pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 3.01, and Sections 4.05 and 4.07, they shall
be paid by the Holders of the Transferor Certificates.

ARTICLE IV

Rights of Series 2008-1 Certificateholders and

Allocation and Application of Collections

          Section 4.01. Collections and Allocations.

          (a) Allocations. Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables
and Defaulted Receivables allocated to Series 2008-1 pursuant to Article IV of the Agreement (and,
as described herein, Collections of Finance Charge Receivables reallocated from other Series in
Group II) shall be allocated and distributed or reallocated as set forth in this Article.

          (b) Payments to the Transferor. The Servicer shall on each Deposit Date withdraw from
the Collection Account and pay to the Holders of the Transferor Certificates the following amounts:

     (i) an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage for the related Monthly Period
of Series 2008-1 Allocable Finance Charge Collections to the extent such amount is
deposited in the Collection Account; and

     (ii) an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage for the related Monthly
Period of Series 2008-1 Allocable Principal Collections deposited in the Collection
Account, if the Transferor Amount (determined after giving effect to any Principal
Receivables transferred to the Trust on such Deposit Date) exceeds zero.

          The withdrawals to be made from the Collection Account pursuant to this subsection 4.01(b) do
not apply to deposits into the Collection Account that do not represent Collections, including
payment of the purchase price for the Certificateholders’ Interest pursuant to Section 2.06 or
10.01 of the Agreement, payment of the purchase price for the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders’
Interest pursuant to Section 7.01 of this Supplement and proceeds from the sale, disposition or
liquidation of Receivables pursuant to Section 9.01 or 12.02 of the Agreement.

          (c) Allocations to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders. The Servicer shall, prior to
the close of business on each Deposit Date, allocate to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders the
following amounts as set forth below:

     (i) Allocations of Finance Charge Collections. The Servicer shall
allocate to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders and retain in the Collection
Account for application as provided herein an amount equal to the product of (A) the
Floating Allocation Percentage and (B) the Series 2008-1 Allocation Percentage and
(C) the aggregate amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables deposited in the
Collection Account on such Deposit Date.

     (ii) Allocations of Principal Collections. The Servicer shall allocate
to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders the following amounts as set forth below:

15

 

     (x) Allocations During the Revolving Period. During the
Revolving Period (A) an amount equal to the product of (I) the sum of the
Class B Principal Percentage and the Collateral Principal Percentage and
(II) the Principal Allocation Percentage and (III) the Series 2008-1
Allocation Percentage and (IV) the aggregate amount of Collections of
Principal Receivables deposited in the Collection Account on such Deposit
Date, shall be allocated to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders and
retained in the Collection Account until applied as provided herein and (B)
an amount equal to the product of (I) the Class A Principal Percentage and
(II) the Principal Allocation Percentage and (III) the Series 2008-1
Allocation Percentage and (IV) the aggregate amount of Collections of
Principal Receivables deposited in the Collection Account on such Deposit
Date shall be allocated to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders and first,
if any other Principal Sharing Series is outstanding and in its amortization
period or accumulation period, retained in the Collection Account for
application, to the extent necessary, as Shared Principal Collections on the
related Distribution Date, and second paid to the Holders of the Transferor
Certificates; provided, however, that such amount to be paid to the Holders
of the Transferor Certificates on any Deposit Date shall be paid to such
Holders only if the Transferor Amount on such Deposit Date is greater than
the Required Transferor Amount (after giving effect to all Principal
Receivables transferred to the Trust on such day) and otherwise shall be
deposited in the Special Funding Account.

     (y) Allocations During the Controlled Accumulation Period.
During the Controlled Accumulation Period (A) an amount equal to the product
of (I) the sum of the Class B Principal Percentage and the Collateral
Principal Percentage and (II) the Principal Allocation Percentage and (III)
the Series 2008-1 Allocation Percentage and (IV) the aggregate amount of
Collections of Principal Receivables deposited in the Collection Account on
such Deposit Date, shall be allocated to the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders and retained in the Collection Account until applied as
provided herein and (B) an amount equal to the product of (I) the Class A
Principal Percentage and (II) the Principal Allocation Percentage and (III)
the Series 2008-1 Allocation Percentage and (IV) the aggregate amount of
Collections of Principal Receivables deposited in the Collection Account on
such Deposit Date (the product specified in this clause (B) for any such
date is hereinafter referred to as a “Percentage Allocation”) shall
be allocated to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders and retained in the
Collection Account until applied as provided herein; provided, however, that
if the sum of such Percentage Allocation and all preceding Percentage
Allocations with respect to the same Monthly Period exceeds the Controlled
Deposit Amount during the Controlled Accumulation Period for the related
Distribution Date, then such excess shall not be treated as a Percentage
Allocation and shall be first, if any other Principal Sharing Series is
outstanding and in its amortization period or accumulation period, retained
in the Collection Account for application, to the extent necessary, as
Shared Principal Collections on the related Distribution Date, and second
paid to the Holders of the Transferor Certificates only if the Transferor
Amount on such Deposit Date is greater than the Required Transferor Amount (after giving effect to all Principal Receivables transferred to
the Trust on such day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the Special
Funding Account.

     (z) Allocations During the Early Amortization Period. During
the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal to the product of (A) the
Principal Allocation Percentage and (B) the Series 2008-1 Allocation
Percentage and (C) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables deposited in the

16

 

Collection Account on such Deposit Date, shall
be allocated to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders and retained in the
Collection Account until applied as provided herein; provided, however, that
after the date on which an amount of such Collections equal to the Adjusted
Invested Amount has been deposited into the Collection Account and allocated
to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders, the remainder that has not been so
deposited and allocated shall be first, if any other Principal Sharing
Series is outstanding and in its amortization period or accumulation period,
retained in the Collection Account for application, to the extent necessary,
as Shared Principal Collections on the related Distribution Date, and second
paid to the Holders of the Transferor Certificates only if the Transferor
Amount on such date is greater than the Required Transferor Amount (after
giving effect to all Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust on such
day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.

          Section 4.02. Determination of Monthly Interest.

          (a) The amount of monthly interest (“Class A Monthly Interest”) distributable from the
Collection Account with respect to the Class A Certificates on any Distribution Date shall be an
amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days
in the period from (and including) the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or in the case of
the first Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to (but excluding) such Distribution Date and the
denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class A Certificate Rate for such Distribution Date and (iii)
the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates as of close of business on the
immediately preceding Record Date.

          On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine the
excess, if any (the “Class A Interest Shortfall”), of (x) the Class A Monthly Interest for
such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such
Class A Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the Class A Interest Shortfall with respect
to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Distribution Date until such
Class A Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount (“Class A Additional
Interest”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number
of days in the period from (and including) the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or in the
case of the first Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to (but excluding) such Distribution Date
and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the sum of (x) the Class A Certificate Rate and (y) 2.0%
per annum and (iii) such Class A Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not been paid
to the Class A Certificateholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A
Certificates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A Additional Interest shall
be payable or distributed to the Class A Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

          (b) The amount of monthly interest (“Class B Monthly Interest”) distributable from the
Collection Account with respect to the Class B Certificates on any Distribution Date shall be an
amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days
in the period from (and including) the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or in the case of
the first Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to (but excluding) such Distribution Date and the
denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class B Certificate Rate for such Distribution Date and (iii) the Class
B Invested Amount as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Record Date; provided,
however, that in the event the Class B Certificate Rate has been modified (as described in the
definition thereof) during the period from and including the preceding Distribution Date to but
excluding such Distribution Date, the rate described in (ii) above shall reflect a weighted average
rate calculated on the basis of the actual number of days each Class B Certificate Rate was in
effect during such period and a year of 360 days.

17

 

          On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine the
excess, if any (the “Class B Interest Shortfall”), of (x) the Class B Monthly Interest for
such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such
Class B Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the Class B Interest Shortfall with respect
to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Distribution Date until such
Class B Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount (“Class B Additional
Interest”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number
of days in the period from (and including) the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or in the
case of the first Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to (but excluding) such Distribution Date
and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the sum of (x) the Class B Certificate Rate and (y) 2.0%
per annum and (iii) such Class B Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not been paid
to the Class B Certificateholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class B
Certificates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class B Additional Interest shall
be payable or distributed to the Class B Certificateholders only to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

          (c) The amount of monthly interest (“Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest”)
distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Collateral Invested Amount on any
Distribution Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the actual number of days in the period from (and including) the immediately preceding
Distribution Date (or in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to (but
excluding) such Distribution Date and the denominator of which is 360 and (B) the Collateral
Minimum Interest Rate in effect with respect to the period from (and including) the immediately
preceding Distribution Date (or in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to
(but excluding) such Distribution Date, and (ii) the Collateral Initial Invested Amount less the
aggregate amount of principal payments distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder on all prior
Distribution Dates; provided, however, that in the event the Collateral Minimum Interest Rate has
been modified (as described in the definition thereof) during the period from (and including) the
immediately preceding Distribution Date (or in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Closing
Date) to (but excluding) such Distribution Date, the rate described in (i)(B) above shall reflect a
weighted average rate calculated on the basis of the actual number of days each Collateral Minimum
Interest Rate was in effect during such period and a year of 360 days.

          On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine an
amount (the “Collateral Interest Shortfall”) equal to (x) the aggregate Collateral Minimum
Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date minus (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and
available to pay such Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the
Collateral Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each
subsequent Distribution Date until such Collateral Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional
amount (“Collateral Additional Interest”) shall be payable as provided herein with respect
to the Collateral Invested Amount equal to the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the actual number of days in the period from (and including) the immediately preceding
Distribution Date to (but excluding) such Distribution Date and the denominator of which is 360 and
(B) the Collateral Minimum Interest Rate in effect during the period from (and including) the
immediately preceding Distribution Date to (but excluding) such Distribution Date, and (ii) such
Collateral Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Collateral
Interest Holder). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Collateral Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Collateral Interest
Holder only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

          Section 4.03. Principal Funding Account; Controlled Accumulation Period.

          (a) (i) The Servicer, for the benefit of the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders, shall establish
and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, an Eligible Deposit Account (the
“Principal Funding Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein

18

 

and the property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders. The Principal Funding Account shall initially be established with The Bank of
New York.

               (ii) At the written direction of the Servicer, funds on deposit in the Principal Funding
Account shall be invested by the Trustee in Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. All
such Eligible Investments shall be held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders; provided that on each Distribution Date all interest and other investment
income (net of losses and investment expenses) (“Principal Funding Account Investment
Proceeds”) on funds on deposit therein shall be applied as set forth in paragraph (iii) below.
Funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments that
will mature so that such funds will be available at the close of business on the Transfer Date
preceding the following Distribution Date. Unless the Servicer directs otherwise, funds deposited
in the Principal Funding Account on a Transfer Date (which immediately precedes a Distribution
Date) upon the maturity of any Eligible Investments are not required to be invested overnight. No
such Eligible Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity; provided, however, that the
Trustee shall sell, liquidate or dispose of any such Eligible Investment if, prior to the maturity
of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any other
amount with respect to such Eligible Investment; provided further, however, that the Servicer shall
deliver prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such default; and provided further that,
subject to Section 11.01 of the Agreement, the Trustee will not in any way be held liable by reason
of any insufficiency in such Principal Funding Account resulting from any loss on any Eligible
Investment included therein except for losses attributable to the Trustee’s failure to make
payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial capacity, in
accordance with their terms.

               (iii) On each Distribution Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the
Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Principal Funding Account and
deposit into the Collection Account all Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds then on
deposit in the Principal Funding Account and such Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds
shall be treated as a portion of Class A Available Funds and Class B Available Funds.

               (iv) Reinvested interest and other investment income on funds deposited in the Principal
Funding Account shall not be considered to be principal amounts on deposit therein for purposes of
this Supplement.

          (b) (i) The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds and property from
time to time deposited in or credited to the Principal Funding Account and in all proceeds thereof.
The Principal Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the
benefit of the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders. If, at any time, the Principal Funding Account
ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within
10 Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating
Agency may consent) establish a new Principal Funding Account meeting the conditions specified in
paragraph (a)(i) above as an Eligible Deposit Account and shall transfer any cash or any
investments to such new Principal Funding Account.

               (ii) Pursuant to the authority granted to the Servicer in subsection 3.01(b) of the Agreement,
the Servicer shall have the power to make withdrawals and payments or to instruct the Trustee to
make withdrawals and payments from the Principal Funding Account for the purposes of carrying out
the Servicer’s or Trustee’s duties hereunder. Pursuant to the authority granted to the Paying
Agent in Section 5.01 of this Supplement and Section 6.07 of the Agreement, the Paying Agent shall
have the power to withdraw funds from the Principal Funding Account for the purpose of making
distributions to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders.

19

 

          (c) The Controlled Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence at the close of business on
the last day of the December 2009 Monthly Period; provided, however, that if the Controlled
Accumulation Period Length (which shall be determined as described below) is less than 12 months,
the date on which the Controlled Accumulation Period actually commences will be delayed to the
close of business on the last day of the month preceding the month that is the number of months
prior to the Expected Final Payment Date at least equal to the Controlled Accumulation Period
Length and, as a result, the number of Monthly Periods in the Controlled Accumulation Period will
at least equal the Controlled Accumulation Period Length. On the Determination Date immediately
preceding the December 2009 Distribution Date, and on each Determination Date thereafter that
occurs prior to the Determination Date occurring in the Monthly Period in which the Controlled
Accumulation Period commences, the Servicer will determine the “Controlled Accumulation Period
Length” which will equal the number of months such that the sum of the Controlled Accumulation
Period Factors for each month during such period will be equal to or greater than the Required
Accumulation Factor Number; provided, however, that the Controlled Accumulation Period Length shall
not be less than one month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Controlled Accumulation Period
Length shall have been determined to be less than 12 months and, after the date on which such
determination is made, a Pay-Out Event or Reinvestment Event (as those terms are defined in the
Supplement for such Series) shall occur with respect to any outstanding Principal Sharing Series
other than Series 2008-1, the Controlled Accumulation Period will commence on the earlier of (i)
the first day of the Monthly Period immediately succeeding the date that such Pay-Out Event or
Reinvestment Event shall have occurred with respect to such Series and (ii) the date on which the
Controlled Accumulation Period is then scheduled to commence.

          Section 4.04. Required Amount.

          (a) With respect to each Distribution Date, on the related Determination Date, the Servicer
shall determine the amount (the “Class A Required Amount”), if any, by which (x) the sum of
(i) Class A Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, (ii) any Class A Monthly Interest
previously due but not paid to the Class A Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (iii)
any Class A Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and (iv) any Class A Additional Interest
previously due but not paid to the Class A Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (v) if
TRS or an Affiliate of TRS is no longer the Servicer, the Class A Servicing Fee for such
Distribution Date, (vi) if TRS or an Affiliate of TRS is no longer the Servicer, any Class A
Servicing Fee previously due but not paid to the Servicer, and (vii) the Class A Investor Default
Amount, if any, for such Distribution Date exceeds (y) the Class A Available Funds. In the event
that the difference between (x) the Class A Required Amount for such Distribution Date and (y) the
amount of Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge Collections applied with respect thereto pursuant
to subsection 4.07(a) on such Distribution Date is greater than zero, the Servicer shall give
written notice to the Transferors and the Trustee of such excess Class A Required Amount on the
date of computation.

          (b) With respect to each Distribution Date, on the related Determination Date, the Servicer
shall determine the amount (the “Class B Required Amount”), if any, equal to the sum of (x)
the amount, if any, by which (A) the sum of (i) Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution
Date, (ii) any Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not paid to the Class B
Certificateholders, (iii) Class B Additional Interest, if any, for such Distribution Date, (iv) any Class B Additional Interest
previously due but not paid to the Class B Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, (v) if
TRS or an Affiliate of TRS is no longer the Servicer, the Class B Servicing Fee for such
Distribution Date and (vi) if TRS or an Affiliate of TRS is no longer the Servicer, any Class B
Servicing Fee previously due but not paid to the Servicer exceeds (B) the Class B Available Funds
and (y) the Class B Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date. In the event that the
difference between (x) the Class B Required Amount for such Distribution Date and (y) the amount of
Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge Collections applied with respect thereto pursuant to
subsection 4.07(d) on such Distribution Date is greater than zero, the

20

 

Servicer shall give written notice to the Transferors and the Trustee of such excess Class B Required Amount on the date of
computation.

          Section 4.05. Application of Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds, Collateral
Available Funds and Available Principal Collections. The Servicer shall apply, or shall cause
the Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Trustee, on each Distribution Date, Class A
Available Funds, Class B Available Funds, Collateral Available Funds and Available Principal
Collections on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to such Distribution Date to make the
following distributions:

          (a) On each Distribution Date, an amount equal to the Class A Available Funds with respect to
such Distribution Date will be distributed or deposited in the following priority:

     (i) an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date,
plus the amount of any Class A Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed
to Class A Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, plus the amount of any
Class A Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class A Additional
Interest previously due but not distributed to Class A Certificateholders on a prior
Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class
A Certificateholders;

     (ii) if TRS or an Affiliate of TRS is no longer the Servicer, an amount equal
to the Class A Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any
Class A Servicing Fee previously due but not distributed to the Servicer on a prior
Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Servicer;

     (iii) an amount equal to the Class A Investor Default Amount for such
Distribution Date shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections
for such Distribution Date; and

     (iv) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and shall be allocated
and distributed or deposited as set forth in Section 4.07.

          (b) On each Distribution Date, an amount equal to the Class B Available Funds with respect to
such Distribution Date will be distributed or deposited in the following priority:

     (i) an amount equal to Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date,
plus the amount of any Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed
to Class B Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date, plus the amount of any
Class B Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class B Additional
Interest previously due but not distributed to Class B Certificateholders on a prior
Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class
B Certificateholders;

     (ii) if TRS or an Affiliate of TRS is no longer the Servicer, an amount equal
to the Class B Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any
Class B Servicing Fee previously due but not distributed to the Servicer on a prior
Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Servicer; and

     (iii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and shall be
allocated and distributed or deposited as set forth in Section 4.07.

21

 

          (c) On each Distribution Date, an amount equal to the Collateral Available Funds with respect
to such Distribution Date will be distributed or deposited in the following priority:

     (i) if TRS or an Affiliate of TRS is no longer the Servicer, an amount equal to
the Collateral Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any
Collateral Servicing Fee previously due but not distributed to the Servicer on a
prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Servicer; and

     (ii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and shall be allocated
and distributed or deposited as set forth in Section 4.07.

          (d) On each Distribution Date with respect to the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the
Available Principal Collections deposited in the Collection Account for the related Monthly Period
shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in accordance with Section 4.04 of the
Agreement.

          (e) On each Distribution Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount
equal to the Available Principal Collections deposited in the Collection Account for the related
Monthly Period shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

     (i) an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Controlled Deposit Amount and (y)
the sum of the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount and the Class B Adjusted Invested
Amount shall be deposited in the Principal Funding Account;

     (ii) for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which the
Class B Invested Amount shall have been paid in full, an amount up to the Collateral
Invested Amount shall be distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder; and

     (iii) the balance of such Available Principal Collections shall be treated as
Shared Principal Collections and applied in accordance with Section 4.04 of the
Agreement.

          (f) On each Distribution Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal
to Available Principal Collections deposited in the Collection Account for the related Monthly
Period shall be distributed or deposited in the following order of priority:

     (i) an amount up to the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on such Distribution
Date shall be deposited in the Principal Funding Account for distribution to the
Class A Certificateholders;

     (ii) for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which the
Class A Invested Amount is paid in full, an amount up to the Class B Adjusted
Invested Amount on such Distribution Date shall be deposited in the Principal
Funding Account for distribution to the Class B Certificateholders;

     (iii) for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which
the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full, an amount up to the Collateral Invested
Amount on such Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Collateral Interest
Holder; and

     (iv) for each Distribution Date, after giving effect to paragraphs (i), (ii)
and (iii) above, an amount equal to the balance, if any, of such Available Principal

22

 

Collections will be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in
accordance with Section 4.04 of the Agreement.

          Section 4.06. Defaulted Amounts; Investor Charge-Offs.

          (a) On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall calculate the Class A Investor Default
Amount, if any, for the related Distribution Date. If, on any Distribution Date, the Class A
Required Amount for the related Monthly Period exceeds the sum of (x) the amount of Reallocated
Principal Collections allocated to Series 2008-1 with respect to such Monthly Period and (y) the
amount of Excess Spread and the Excess Finance Charge Collections allocable to Series 2008-1 with
respect to such Monthly Period, the Collateral Invested Amount, if any, will be reduced by the
amount of such excess, but not by more than the Class A Investor Default Amount for such
Distribution Date. In the event that such reduction would cause the Collateral Invested Amount to
be a negative number, the Collateral Invested Amount will be reduced to zero and the Class B
Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount by which the Collateral Invested Amount would have
been reduced below zero, but not by more than the excess, if any, of the Class A Investor Default
Amount for such Distribution Date over the amount of such reduction, if any, of the Collateral
Invested Amount with respect to such Distribution Date. In the event that such reduction would
cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B Invested Amount shall be
reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount by which the Class
B Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not by more than the excess, if any, of
the Class A Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date over the aggregate amount of the
reductions, if any, of the Collateral Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount for such
Distribution Date (a “Class A Investor Charge-Off”). Class A Investor Charge-Offs shall
thereafter be reimbursed and the Class A Invested Amount increased (but not by an amount in excess
of the aggregate unreimbursed Class A Investor Charge-Offs) on any Distribution Date by the amount
of Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated and available for that purpose
pursuant to subsection 4.07(b). References to “negative numbers” above shall be determined without
regard to the requirement that the Invested Amount of a Class not be reduced below zero.

          (b) On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall calculate the Class B Investor Default
Amount, if any, for the related Distribution Date. If, on any Distribution Date, the Class B
Required Amount for such Distribution Date exceeds the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread and
Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2008-1 with respect to the related Monthly
Period which are allocated and available to pay such amount pursuant to subsection 4.07(d) and (y)
the Reallocated Principal Collections allocable to the Collateral Interest and not required to pay
the Class A Required Amount with respect to such Distribution Date, then the Collateral Invested
Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such excess. In the event that such reduction would cause
the Collateral Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Collateral Invested Amount shall be
reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount by which the
Collateral Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not by more than the excess, if
any, of the Class B Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date over the amount of such
reduction, if any, of the Collateral Invested Amount with respect to such Distribution Date (a
“Class B Investor Charge-Off”). Class B Investor Charge-Offs shall thereafter be
reimbursed and the Class B Invested Amount increased (but not by an amount in excess of the
aggregate unreimbursed Class B Investor Charge-Offs) on any Distribution Date by the amount of
Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated and available for that purpose pursuant to subsection 4.07(e). References to “negative numbers” above shall be
determined without regard to the requirement that the Invested Amount of a Class not be reduced
below zero.

          (c) On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall calculate the Collateral Default Amount.
If on any Distribution Date the Collateral Default Amount for the previous Monthly Period exceeds
the amount of Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2008-1 with
respect to the related Monthly Period which are allocated and available to pay such amount pursuant
to subsection 4.07(h), the Collateral Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount of such excess
but

23

 

not by more than the lesser of the Collateral Default Amount and the Collateral Invested Amount
for such Distribution Date (a “Collateral Charge-Off”). The Collateral Invested Amount
will be reimbursed after any reduction pursuant to this Section 4.06 on any Distribution Date by
the amount of Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated and available on such
Distribution date for that purpose as described under subsection 4.07(i).

          Section 4.07. Excess Spread; Excess Finance Charge Collections. The Servicer shall
apply, or shall cause the Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Trustee, on each
Distribution Date, Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2008-1
with respect to the related Monthly Period, to make the following distributions or deposits in the
following order of priority:

          (a) an amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Distribution
Date shall be distributed by the Trustee to fund the Class A Required Amount in accordance with,
and in the priority set forth in, subsections 4.05(a)(i), (ii) and (iii);

          (b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs which have not
been previously reimbursed shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for
such Distribution Date;

          (c) an amount equal to interest on the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Class B
Certificates not otherwise distributed to the Class B Certificateholders pursuant to Section
4.05(b)(i), at a rate per annum equal to the Class B Certificate Rate, shall be distributed to the
Class B Certificateholders, except that interest previously due but not paid will accrue interest
at a rate per annum equal to the Class B Certificate Rate plus 2% per annum;

          (d) an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Distribution
Date will be (i) used to fund the Class B Required Amount and be applied in accordance with
subsections 4.05(b)(i) and 4.05(b)(ii), and then (ii) an amount up to the Class B Investor Default
Amount will be treated and applied as Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date;

          (e) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has been
reduced pursuant to clauses (c), (d) and (e) of the definition of “Class B Invested Amount” in
Section 2.01 of this Supplement (but not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which
have not been previously reimbursed) shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal
Collections for such Distribution Date;

          (f) an amount equal to Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, plus
the amount of any Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the
Collateral Interest Holder on a prior Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Collateral
Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Collateral Additional Interest previously
due but not distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder on a prior Distribution Date, shall be
distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder;

          (g) an amount equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date that has not been
paid to the Servicer and any Monthly Servicing Fee due but not paid to the Servicer on a prior
Distribution Date shall be paid to the Servicer;

          (h) an amount equal to the Collateral Default Amount, if any, for such Distribution Date shall
be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date;

          (i) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Collateral Invested Amount has been
reduced pursuant to clauses (c), (d) and (e) of the definition of “Collateral Invested

24

 

Amount” (but not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not been previously reimbursed)
shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date;

          (j) on each Distribution Date from and after the Reserve Account Funding Date, but prior to
the date on which the Reserve Account terminates pursuant to subsection 4.12(f), an amount up to
the excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount over the Available Reserve Account
Amount shall be deposited into the Reserve Account; and

          (k) the balance, if any, will be distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder.

          Section 4.08. Reallocated Principal Collections. On each Distribution Date, the
Servicer shall apply, or shall cause the Trustee to apply, Reallocated Principal Collections with
respect to such Distribution Date, to make the following distributions or deposits in the following
order of priority

          (a) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Class A Required Amount, if any, with
respect to such Distribution Date over (ii) the amount of Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge
Collections allocated to Series 2008-1 with respect to the related Monthly Period shall be
distributed by the Trustee to fund any deficiency pursuant to and in the priority set forth in
subsections 4.05(a)(i), (ii) and (iii); and

          (b) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Class B Required Amount, if any, with
respect to such Distribution Date over (ii) the amount of Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge
Collections allocated and available to the Class B Certificates pursuant to subsections 4.07(c) and
(d) on such Distribution Date shall be applied first to fund any deficiency pursuant to subsections
4.05(b)(i) and (ii) and then to fund any deficiency pursuant to and in the priority set forth in
subsections 4.07(c) and (d).

          All Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to the Collateral Invested Amount shall be
applied prior to applying any such Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to the Class B
Invested Amount. Only Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to the Collateral Invested
Amount shall be applied pursuant to clause (b) above.

          On each Distribution Date, the Collateral Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount of
Reallocated Principal Collections for such Distribution Date. In the event that such reduction
would cause the Collateral Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Collateral Charge-Offs for
such Distribution Date) to be a negative number, the Collateral Invested Amount (after giving
effect to any Collateral Charge-Offs for such Distribution Date) shall be reduced to zero and the
Class B Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount by which the Collateral Invested Amount
would have been reduced below zero. In the event that the reallocation of Reallocated Principal
Collections would cause the Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class B Investor
Charge-Offs for such Distribution Date) to be a negative number on any Distribution Date,
Reallocated Principal Collections shall be reallocated on such Distribution Date in an aggregate
amount not to exceed the amount which would cause the Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect
to any Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such Distribution Date) to be reduced to zero. References
to “negative numbers” above shall be determined without regard to the requirement that the Invested Amount of a Class not be
reduced below zero.

          Section 4.09. Excess Finance Charge Collections. Series 2008-1 shall be an Excess
Allocation Series. Subject to Section 4.05 of the Agreement, Excess Finance Charge Collections
with respect to the Excess Allocation Series for any Distribution Date will be allocated to Series
2008-1 in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Excess Finance Charge
Collections with respect to all the Excess Allocation Series for such Distribution Date and (y) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Finance Charge Shortfall for Series 2008-1 for such
Distribution Date and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Shortfalls
for all the Excess Allocation Series for

25

 

such Distribution Date. The “Finance Charge Shortfall” for Series 2008-1 for any Distribution Date will be equal to the excess, if any, of
(a) the full amount required to be paid, without duplication, pursuant to subsections 4.05(a),
4.05(b) and 4.05(c) and subsections 4.07(a) through (j) on such Distribution Date and the full
amount required to be paid, without duplication, pursuant to subsection 3.02(a)(iii) of the
Transfer Agreement on the related Payment Date (as such term is defined in the Transfer Agreement)
over (b) the sum of (i) the Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections, (ii) if such Monthly
Period relates to a Distribution Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early
Amortization Period, the amount of Principal Funding Account Investment Proceeds, if any, with
respect to such Distribution Date and (iii) the amount of funds, if any, to be withdrawn from the
Reserve Account which, pursuant to subsection 4.12(d), are required to be included in Class A
Available Funds with respect to such Distribution Date. The amount of Excess Finance Charge
Collections for Series 2008-1 for any Distribution Date shall be specified in subsection 3.02(a)(v)
of the Transfer Agreement. On each Distribution Date, the Trustee shall deposit into the
Collection Account for application in accordance with Section 4.05 of the Agreement the aggregate
amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections received by the Trustee pursuant to the Transfer
Agreement on such date.

          Section 4.10. Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections.

          (a) That portion of Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections for any Distribution Date
equal to the amount of Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date
will be allocated to Series 2008-1 and will be distributed as set forth in this Supplement.

          (b) Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections with respect to any Distribution Date
shall equal the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Series 2008-1 Monthly Interest, Investor Default
Amount, Series 2008-1 Monthly Fees and Series 2008-1 Additional Amounts for such Distribution Date
and (ii) that portion of excess Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections to be included in
Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections pursuant to subsection (c) hereof; provided,
however, that if the amount of Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution
Date is less than the sum of (w) Group II Investor Monthly Interest, (x) Group II Investor Default
Amount, (y) Group II Investor Monthly Fees and (z) Group II Investor Additional Amounts, then
Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections shall equal the sum of the following amounts for
such Distribution Date:

     (A) The product of (I) Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections (up to the
amount of Group II Investor Monthly Interest) and (II) a fraction, the numerator of
which is Series 2008-1 Monthly Interest and the denominator of which is Group II
Investor Monthly Interest;

     (B) the product of (I) Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections less the
amount of Group II Investor Monthly Interest (up to the Group II Investor Default
Amount) and (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Investor Default Amount
and the denominator of which is the Group II Investor Default Amount;

     (C) the product of (I) Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections less the
amount of Group II Investor Monthly Interest and the Group II Investor Default
Amount (up to Group II Investor Monthly Fees) and (II) a fraction, the numerator of
which is Series 2008-1 Monthly Fees and the denominator of which is Group II
Investor Monthly Fees; and

     (D) the product of (I) Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections less the
sum of (i) Group II Investor Monthly Interest, (ii) the Group II Investor Default
Amount and (iii) Group II Investor Monthly Fees and (II) a fraction, the numerator
of which is Series 2008-1 Additional Amounts and the denominator of which is Group
II Investor Additional Amounts.

26

 

          (c) If the amount of Group II Investor Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date
exceeds the sum of (i) Group II Investor Monthly Interest, (ii) Group II Investor Default Amount,
(iii) Group II Investor Monthly Fees and (iv) Group II Investor Additional Amounts, then
Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date shall include an amount
equal to the product of (x) the amount of such excess and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Invested Amount as of the last day of the second preceding Monthly Period (or, for Series
2008-1 only, with respect to the first Distribution Date, as of the Closing Date) and the
denominator of which is the sum of such Invested Amount and the aggregate invested amounts for all
other Series included in Group II as of such last day (or, for Series 2008-1 only, with respect to
the first Distribution Date, as of the Closing Date).

          Section 4.11. Shared Principal Collections. Subject to Section 4.04 of the Agreement,
Shared Principal Collections for any Distribution Date will be allocated to Series 2008-1 in an
amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections with
respect to all Principal Sharing Series for such Distribution Date and (y) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Series 2008-1 Principal Shortfall for such Distribution Date and the
denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls for all the Series which are
Principal Sharing Series for such Distribution Date. The “Series 2008-1 Principal
Shortfall” will be equal to (a) for any Distribution Date with respect to the Revolving Period,
zero, (b) for any Distribution Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess,
if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount with respect to such Distribution Date over the amount of
Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date (excluding any portion thereof
attributable to Shared Principal Collections), and (c) for any Distribution Date with respect to
the Early Amortization Period, the excess, if any, of the Invested Amount over the amount of
Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date (excluding any portion thereof
attributable to Shared Principal Collections).

          Section 4.12. Reserve Account.

          (a) The Servicer shall establish and maintain, in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust, for the benefit of the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders, an Eligible Deposit Account (the
“Reserve Account”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited
therein and the property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders. The Reserve Account shall initially be established with The Bank of New York.
The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds and property from time to time
deposited in or credited to the Reserve Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Reserve Account
shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders. If at any time the Reserve Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account,
the Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period,
not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency shall consent) establish a new
Reserve Account meeting the conditions specified above as an Eligible Deposit Account, and shall
transfer any cash or any investments to such new Reserve Account. The Trustee, at the direction of the Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals from the Reserve Account
from time to time in an amount up to the Available Reserve Account Amount at such time, for the
purposes set forth in this Supplement, and (ii) on each Distribution Date (from and after the
Reserve Account Funding Date) prior to the termination of the Reserve Account make a deposit into
the Reserve Account in the amount specified in, and otherwise in accordance with, subsection
4.07(j).

          (b) Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account shall be invested at the written direction of the
Servicer by the Trustee in Eligible Investments. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account on any
Transfer Date, after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Reserve Account on such Transfer
Date, shall be invested in such investments that will mature so that such funds will be available
for withdrawal on or prior to the following Transfer Date. No such Eligible Investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity; provided, however, that the Trustee shall sell, liquidate or
dispose of any such Eligible Investment if, prior to the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a
default occurs in the payment of

27

 

principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment; provided
further, however, that the Servicer shall deliver prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
default; and provided further that, subject to Section 11.01 of the Agreement, the Trustee will not
in any way be held liable by reason of any insufficiency in such Reserve Account resulting from any
loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for losses attributable to the Trustee’s
failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial
capacity, in accordance with their terms. On each Distribution Date, all interest and earnings
(net of losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Distribution Date on funds on
deposit in the Reserve Account shall be retained in the Reserve Account (to the extent that the
Available Reserve Account Amount is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount) and the balance,
if any, shall be deposited in the Collection Account and treated as collections of Finance Charge
Receivables allocable to Series 2008-1. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or
the balance in the Reserve Account for any reason under this Supplement, except as otherwise
provided in the preceding sentence, investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be
available or on deposit.

          (c) On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date with respect to the Controlled
Accumulation Period and the first Special Payment Date, the Servicer shall calculate the
“Reserve Draw Amount” which shall be equal to the excess, if any, of the Covered Amount
with respect to such Distribution Date or Special Payment Date over the Principal Funding Account
Investment Proceeds with respect to such Distribution Date or Special Payment Date; provided, that
such amount will be reduced to the extent that funds otherwise would be available for deposit in
the Reserve Account under subsection 4.07(j) with respect to such Distribution Date or Special
Payment Date.

          (d) In the event that for any Distribution Date the Reserve Draw Amount is greater than zero,
the Reserve Draw Amount, up to the Available Reserve Account Amount, shall be withdrawn from the
Reserve Account on the related Transfer Date by the Trustee (acting in accordance with the
instructions of the Servicer), deposited into the Collection Account and included in Class A
Available Funds for such Distribution Date.

          (e) In the event that the Reserve Account Surplus on any Distribution Date, after giving
effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve Account with respect to such
Distribution Date, is greater than zero, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written
instructions of the Servicer, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account, and distribute to the
Collateral Interest Holder, an amount equal to such Reserve Account Surplus.

          (f) Upon the earliest to occur of (i) the day on which the Invested Amount is paid in full to
the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders, (ii) if the Controlled Accumulation Period has not commenced,
the occurrence of a Pay-Out Event with respect to Series 2008-1, (iii) if the Controlled
Accumulation Period has commenced, the earlier of the first Special Payment Date and the Expected
Final Payment Date and (iv) the termination of the Trust pursuant to the Agreement, the Trustee,
acting in accordance with the instructions of the Servicer, after the prior payment of all amounts
owing to the Class A Certificateholders which are payable from the Reserve Account as provided
herein, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account and pay to the Collateral Interest Holder all
amounts, if any, on deposit in the Reserve Account and the Reserve Account shall be deemed to have
terminated for purposes of this Supplement.

          Section 4.13. Investment Instructions.

          (a) Any investment instructions required to be given to the Trustee pursuant to the terms
hereof must be given to the Trustee no later than 10:30 a.m. (New York City time) on the date such
investment is to be made. In the event the Trustee receives such investment instruction later than
such time, the Trustee may, but shall have no obligation to, make such investment. In the event
the Trustee is unable to make an investment required in an investment instruction received by the
Trustee after 10:30

28

 

a.m. (New York City time) on such day, such investment shall be made by the Trustee on the
next succeeding Business Day. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any investment not made
pursuant to investment instructions received after 10:30 a.m. (New York City time) on the day such
investment is requested to be made.

          (b) The Trustee shall hold each Eligible Investment that constitutes investment property
through a securities intermediary, which securities intermediary shall agree with the Trustee that
(i) such investment property at all times shall be credited to a securities account of the Trustee,
(ii) all property credited to such securities account shall be treated as a financial asset, (iii)
such securities intermediary shall treat the Trustee as entitled to exercise the rights that
comprise each financial asset credited to such securities account, (iv) such securities
intermediary shall comply with entitlement orders originated by the Trustee without the further
consent of any other person or entity, (v) such securities intermediary shall not agree with any
person or entity other than the Trustee to comply with entitlement orders originated by any person
or entity other than the Trustee, (vi) such securities account and all property credited thereto
shall not be subject to any lien, security interest, right of set-off, or encumbrance in favor of
such securities intermediary or anyone claiming through such securities intermediary (other than
the Trustee), (vii) such agreement between such securities intermediary and the Trustee shall be
governed by the laws of the State of New York, and (viii) such securities intermediary’s
jurisdiction for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code shall be the State of New York. The
Trustee shall maintain possession of each other Eligible Investment in the State of New York,
separate and apart from all other property held by the Trustee. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Supplement, the Trustee shall not hold any Eligible Investment through an agent except as
expressly permitted by this Section 4.13(b). Each term used in this Section 4.13(b) and defined in
the New York Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meaning set forth in the New York Uniform
Commercial Code.

          Section 4.14. Determination of LIBOR.

          (a) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Trustee will determine LIBOR for the related
Interest Accrual Period, which shall be the rate for deposits in United States dollars for a period
equal to one month (commencing on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period) that appears on
Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date. Upon such determination,
the Trustee shall notify the Servicer of LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date. If such rate
does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, the rate for the LIBOR Determination Date will be
determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the
Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London
interbank market for a period equal to one month (commencing on the first day of such Interest
Accrual Period). The Servicer will request the principal London office of each of the Reference
Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate
for that LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two
quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that LIBOR Determination Date will be the
arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at
approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to
leading European banks for a period equal to one month (commencing on the first day of such
Interest Accrual Period). If the banks selected by the Servicer are not quoting rates as provided
in the immediately preceding sentence, LIBOR for such Interest Accrual Period will be LIBOR in
effect for the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period.

          (b) The Servicer shall determine, and promptly notify the Transferors and the Trustee of, the
Class A Certificate Rate and the Class B Certificate Rate for the applicable Interest Accrual
Period. The Class A Certificate Rate and Class B Certificate Rate applicable to the then current
and the immediately preceding Interest Accrual Periods may be obtained by any Investor
Certificateholder by telephoning the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office at (212) 815-6258.

29

 

          (c) On each LIBOR Determination Date prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, the Trustee shall
send to the Transferors and the Servicer by facsimile, notification of LIBOR for the following
Interest Accrual Period.

ARTICLE V

Distributions and Reports to

Series 2008-1 Certificateholders

          Section 5.01. Distributions.

          (a) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class A
Certificateholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 12.02 of
the Agreement) such Class A Certificateholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying
Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class A
Certificates pursuant to this Supplement.

          (b) On each Special Payment Date and on the Expected Final Payment Date, the Paying Agent
shall distribute (in accordance with the Certificate delivered by the Servicer pursuant to Section
3.04(b) of the Agreement) to each Class A Certificateholder of record on the related Record Date
(other than as provided in Section 12.02 of the Agreement) such Class A Certificateholder’s pro
rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account or otherwise held by the
Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such date to pay principal of the Class A
Certificates pursuant to this Supplement up to a maximum amount on any such date equal to the Class
A Invested Amount on such date (unless there has been an optional repurchase of the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders’ Interest pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Agreement, in which event the
foregoing limitation will not apply).

          (c) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute (in accordance with the
Certificate delivered by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.04(b) of the Agreement) to each Class B
Certificateholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 12.02 of
the Agreement) such Class B Certificateholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying
Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class B
Certificates pursuant to this Supplement.

          (d) On each Special Payment Date, and on the Expected Final Payment Date, the Paying Agent
shall distribute (in accordance with the Certificate delivered by the Servicer pursuant to Section
3.04(b) of the Agreement) to each Class B Certificateholder of record on the related Record Date
(other than as provided in Section 12.02 of the Agreement) such Class B Certificateholder’s pro
rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account or otherwise held by the
Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such date to pay principal of the Class B
Certificates pursuant to this Supplement up to a maximum amount on any such date equal to the Class
B Invested Amount on such date (unless there has been an optional repurchase of the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders’ Interest pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Agreement, in which event the
foregoing limitation will not apply).

          (e) On each Distribution Date, the Trustee shall distribute to the Collateral Interest Holder
the aggregate amount payable to the Collateral Interest Holder pursuant to Sections 4.05, 4.07,
4.12, 8.01 and 8.02 to the Collateral Interest Holder’s account, as specified in writing by the
Collateral Interest Holder, in immediately available funds.

          (f) The distributions to be made pursuant to this Section 5.01 are subject to the provisions
of Sections 2.06, 9.02, 10.01 and 12.02 of the Agreement and Sections 8.01 and 8.02 of this
Supplement.

30

 

          (g) Except as provided in Section 12.02 of the Agreement with respect to a final distribution,
distributions to Series 2008-1 Certificateholders hereunder shall be made by check mailed to each
Series 2008-1 Certificateholder at such Series 2008-1 Certificateholder’s address appearing in the
Certificate Register without presentation or surrender of any Series 2008-1 Certificate or the
making of any notation thereon; provided, however, that with respect to Series 2008-1 Certificates
registered in the name of a Clearing Agency, such distributions shall be made to such Clearing
Agency in immediately available funds.

          Section 5.02. Reports and Statements to Series 2008-1 Certificateholders.

          (a) On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, on behalf of the Trustee, shall forward to
each Series 2008-1 Certificateholder a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1
to this Supplement prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Paying Agent.

          (b) Not later than each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the
Paying Agent, the Transferors, each Rating Agency and the Collateral Interest Holder (i) a
statement substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to this Supplement prepared by the Servicer and
(ii) a certificate of a Servicing Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

          (c) A copy of each statement or certificate provided pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) may be
obtained by any Series 2008-1 Certificateholder or any Certificate Owner thereof by a request in
writing to the Servicer.

          (d) On or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2009, the
Paying Agent, on behalf of the Trustee, shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each Person who
at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Series 2008-1 Certificateholder, a statement
substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 to this Supplement prepared by the Servicer for
such calendar year or the applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Series 2008-1
Certificateholder, together with other information as is required to be provided by an issuer of
indebtedness under the Code. Such obligation of the Servicer shall be deemed to have been
satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Paying
Agent pursuant to any requirements of the Code as from time to time in effect.

ARTICLE VI

Pay-Out Events

          Section 6.01. Pay-Out Events. If any one of the following events shall occur with
respect to the Series 2008-1 Certificates:

          (a) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event relating to any Transferor or other holder of the
Original Transferor Certificate;

          (b) the Trust becomes an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

          (c) failure on the part of any Transferor (i) to make any payment or deposit required by the
terms of the Agreement or this Supplement on or before the date occurring five Business Days after
the date such payment or deposit is required to be made therein or herein or (ii) duly to observe
or perform any other covenants or agreements of the Transferors set forth in the Agreement or this
Supplement, which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders
and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of
such failure,

31

 

requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to such Transferor by the Trustee, or
to the Transferors and the Trustee by any Holder of the Series 2008-1 Certificates;

          (d) any representation or warranty made by any Transferor in the Agreement or this Supplement,
or any information contained in a computer file or microfiche list required to be delivered by any
Transferor pursuant to Section 2.01 or subsection 2.08(f) of the Agreement shall prove to have been
incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in
any material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such
failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to such Transferor by the
Trustee, or to such Transferor and the Trustee by any Holder of the Series 2008-1 Certificates and
as a result of which the interests of the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders are materially and
adversely affected for such period; provided, however, that a Pay-Out Event pursuant to this
subsection 6.01(d) shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder if a Transferor has accepted
reassignment of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable, during such
period (or such longer period not to exceed an additional 60 days as the Trustee may specify) in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;

          (e) a failure by a Transferor to convey Receivables in Additional Accounts or Participation
Interests to the Trust within five Business Days after the day on which it is required to convey
such Receivables or Participation Interests pursuant to subsection 2.09(a) of the Agreement;

          (f) any Servicer Default which would have an Adverse Effect shall occur;

          (g) the average Series Adjusted Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive Monthly Periods is
reduced to a rate which is less than the average of the Base Rates for such period;

          (h) the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount or the Collateral Invested Amount
shall not be paid in full on the Expected Final Payment Date;

          (i) a Transfer Restriction Event shall occur;

          (j) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement
relating to any Account Owner; or

          (k) a Transfer Restriction Event as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreements shall occur
between an Account Owner and the related Transferor;

then, (A) in the case of any event described in subparagraph (c), (d) or (f), after the applicable
grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs, either the Trustee or the Investor
Certificateholders of this Series evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of the Investor Certificates of this Series by notice then given in writing to the Transferors and
the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the Investor Certificateholders of this Series) may
declare that a Pay-Out Event has occurred with respect to this Series as of the date of such
notice; (B) in the case of any event described in subparagraph (b), (e), (g) or (h), a Pay-Out
Event shall occur with respect to this Series without any notice or other action on the part of the
Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders of this Series immediately upon the occurrence of such
event; and (C) in the case of any event described in subparagraph (a), (i), (j) or (k), a Pay-Out
Event shall occur with respect to this Series without any notice or other action on the part of the
Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders of this Series immediately upon the occurrence of such
event (or, in the case of clause (y) below, immediately following the expiration of the 60-day
grace period), but only to the extent that (x) as of the date of such event, the average of the
Monthly Receivables Percentage for the immediately preceding three Monthly Periods is equal to or
greater than 10% or (y) as of the date of such event, the average of the Monthly Receivables
Percentage for the immediately preceding three Monthly Periods is less than 10%, and within 60 days
following the occurrence of the related Insolvency Event or Transfer Restriction Event, the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables outstanding in the

32

 

Trust does not at least equal the Required Minimum Principal Balance (without giving effect to
Principal Receivables attributable to the Transferor or the Account Owner with respect to which the
Insolvency Event or the Transfer Restriction Event has occurred).

ARTICLE VII

Optional Repurchase; Series Termination

          Section 7.01. Optional Repurchase.

          (a) So long as a Transferor is the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer, on any day
occurring on or after the date on which the Invested Amount is reduced to 5% or less of the Initial
Invested Amount, such Transferor shall have the option to purchase the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders’ Interest, at a purchase price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date,
the Reassignment Amount for such Distribution Date or (ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date,
the Reassignment Amount for the Distribution Date following such day. If, on the date on which a
Transferor exercises such option, the long-term unsecured debt obligations of such Transferor
purchasing the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders’ Interest is not rated at least in the third
highest rating category by the Rating Agency, such Transferor shall deliver to the Trustee, with a
copy to the Rating Agency, an Officer’s Certificate of such Transferor which shall have attached to
it the relevant fraudulent conveyance statute, if any, and set forth the factual basis for a
conclusion that the exercise of such optional repurchase would not constitute a fraudulent
conveyance of such Transferor.

          (b) The Transferors shall give the Servicer and the Trustee at least 30 days prior written
notice of the date on which the Transferors intend to exercise such purchase option. Not later
than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such day the Transferors shall deposit the Reassignment
Amount into the Collection Account in immediately available funds. Such purchase option is subject
to payment in full of the Reassignment Amount. Following the deposit of the Reassignment Amount
into the Collection Amount in accordance with the foregoing, the Invested Amount for Series 2008-1
shall be reduced to zero and the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders shall have no further interest in
the Receivables. The Reassignment Amount shall be distributed as set forth in subsection 8.01(b).

          Section 7.02. Series Termination.

          (a) If, on the June 2013 Distribution Date, the Invested Amount (after giving effect to all
changes therein on such date) would be greater than zero, the Servicer, on behalf of the Trustee,
shall, within the 40-day period which begins on such Distribution Date, solicit bids for the sale
of Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) in an
amount equal to the Invested Amount at the close of business on the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding the Series 2008-1 Termination Date (after giving effect to all distributions required to
be made on the Series 2008-1 Termination Date, except pursuant to this Section 7.02). Such bids
shall require that such sale shall (subject to subsection 7.02(b)) occur on the Series 2008-1
Termination Date. No Transferor, any Affiliate thereof, any agent thereof or any other party
consolidated with such Transferor for purposes of United States generally accepted accounting
principles shall be entitled to participate in such bidding process or to purchase the Receivables;
provided, however, that, to the extent the Collateral Interest Holder is not a
Transferor, an Affiliate thereof, an agent thereof or any other party consolidated with a
Transferor for purposes of United States generally accepted accounting principles, the Collateral
Interest Holder may participate in such bidding process.

          (b) The Servicer, on behalf of the Trustee, shall sell such Receivables (or interests therein)
on the Series 2008-1 Termination Date to the bidder who made the highest cash purchase offer. The
proceeds of any such sale shall be treated as Collections on the Receivables allocated to the
Series 2008-1 Certificateholders pursuant to the Agreement and this Supplement; provided, however,
that the

33

 

Servicer shall determine conclusively the amount of such proceeds which are allocable to
Finance Charge Receivables and the amount of such proceeds which are allocable to Principal
Receivables. During the period from the June 2013 Distribution Date to the Series 2008-1
Termination Date, the Servicer shall continue to collect payments on the Receivables and allocate
and deposit such Collections in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement and the
Supplements.

ARTICLE VIII

Final Distributions

          Section 8.01.  Sale of Receivables or Certificateholders’ Interest pursuant to Section
2.06 or 10.01 of the Agreement and Section 7.01 or 7.02 of this Supplement.

(a) (i) The amount to be paid by the Transferors with respect to Series 2008-1 in
connection with a reassignment of Receivables to the Transferors pursuant to Section
2.06 of the Agreement shall equal the Reassignment Amount for the first Distribution
Date following the Monthly Period in which the reassignment obligation arises under
the Agreement.

(ii) The amount to be paid by the Transferors with respect to Series 2008-1 in
connection with a repurchase of the Certificateholders’ Interest pursuant to Section
10.01 of the Agreement shall equal the sum of (x) the Reassignment Amount for the
Distribution Date of such repurchase and (y) the sum of (A) the excess, if any, of
(I) a price equivalent to the average of bids quoted on the Record Date preceding
the date of repurchase or, if not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business
Day by at least two recognized dealers selected by the Trustee for the purchase by
such dealers of a security which is similar to the Class A Certificates with a
remaining maturity approximately equal to the remaining maturity of the Class A
Certificates and rated by each Rating Agency in the rating category originally
assigned to the Class A Certificates over (II) the portion of the Reassignment
Amount attributable to the Class A Certificates and (B) the excess, if any, of (I) a
price equivalent to the average of bids quoted on such Record Date, or if not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day by at least two recognized dealers
selected by the Trustee for the purchase by such dealers of a security which is
similar to the Class B Certificates with a remaining maturity approximately equal to
the remaining maturity of the Class B Certificates and rated by each Rating Agency
in the rating category originally assigned to the Class B Certificates over (II) the
portion of the Reassignment Amount attributable to the Class B Certificates.

          (b) With respect to the Reassignment Amount deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to
Section 7.01 or any amounts allocable to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders’ Interest deposited
into the Collection Account pursuant to Section 7.02, the Trustee shall, in accordance with the
written direction of the Servicer, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the related
Distribution Date, make deposits or distributions of the following amounts (in the priority set
forth below and, in each case after giving effect to any deposits and distributions otherwise to be
made on such date) in immediately available funds: (i) (x) the Class A Invested Amount on such
Distribution Date will be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A
Certificateholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class A Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date, (B) any Class A Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class
A Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date and (C) the amount of Class A Additional
Interest, if any, for such Distribution Date and any Class A Additional Interest previously due but
not distributed to the Class A Certificateholders on any prior Distribution Date, will be
distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A Certificateholders, (ii) (x) the Class B
Invested Amount on such Distribution Date will be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to
the Class B Certificateholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class B Monthly Interest
for

34

 

such Distribution Date, (B) any Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to
the Class B Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date and (C) the amount of Class B
Additional Interest, if any, for such Distribution Date and any Class B Additional Interest
previously due but not distributed to the Class B Certificateholders on any prior Distribution
Date, will be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class B Certificateholders and
(iii) the balance, if any, will be distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplement or the Agreement, all amounts
distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 8.01(b) for payment to the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders shall be deemed distributed in full to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders on
the date on which such funds are distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section and shall
be deemed to be a final distribution pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Agreement.

          Section 8.02. Distribution of Proceeds of Sale, Disposition or Liquidation of the
Receivables pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Agreement.

          (a) Not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Distribution Date following the date
on which the Insolvency Proceeds are deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to subsection
9.01(b) of the Agreement, the Trustee shall in accordance with the written direction of the
Servicer (in the following priority and, in each case, after giving effect to any deposits and
distributions otherwise to be made on such Distribution Date) (i) deduct an amount equal to the
Class A Invested Amount on such Distribution Date from the portion of the Insolvency Proceeds
allocated to Series 2008-1 Allocable Principal Collections and distribute such amount to the Paying
Agent for payment to the Class A Certificateholders, provided that the amount of such distribution
shall not exceed the product of (x) the portion of the Insolvency Proceeds allocated to Series
2008-1 Allocable Principal Collections and (y) the Principal Allocation Percentage with respect to
the related Monthly Period, (ii) deduct an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount on such
Distribution Date from the portion of the Insolvency Proceeds allocated to Series 2008-1 Allocable
Principal Collections and distribute such amount to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class B
Certificateholders, provided that the amount of such distribution shall not exceed (x) the product
of (A) the portion of such Insolvency Proceeds allocated to Series 2008-1 Allocable Principal
Collections and (B) the Principal Allocation Percentage with respect to the related Monthly Period
minus (y) the amount distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to clause (i) of this sentence and
(iii) distribute the remaining amount of the Insolvency Proceeds to the Collateral Interest Holder.

          (b) Not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such Distribution Date, the Trustee
shall in accordance with the written direction of the Servicer (in the following priority and, in
each case, after giving effect to any deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on such
Distribution Date) (i) deduct an amount equal to the sum of (w) Class A Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date, (x) any Class A Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class
A Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date and (y) the amount of Class A Additional
Interest, if any, for such Distribution Date and any Class A Additional Interest previously due but
not distributed to the Class A Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date from the portion of
the Insolvency Proceeds allocated to Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and distribute such
amount to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A Certificateholders, provided that the amount
of such distribution shall not exceed the product of (x) the portion of the Insolvency Proceeds
allocated to Series 2008-1 Allocable Finance Charge Collections, (y) the Floating Allocation
Percentage with respect to the related Monthly Period and (z) the Class A Floating Percentage with
respect to such Monthly Period and (ii) deduct an amount equal to the sum of (w) Class B Monthly
Interest for such Distribution Date, (x) Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not
distributed to the Class B Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date and (y) the amount of
Class B Additional Interest, if any, for such Distribution Date and any Class B Additional Interest
previously due but not distributed to the Class B Certificateholders on a prior Distribution Date
from the portion of the Insolvency Proceeds allocated to Series 2008-1 Allocable Finance Charge

35

 

Collections and distribute such amount to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class B
Certificateholders, provided that the amount of such distribution shall not exceed the product of
(x) the portion of the Insolvency Proceeds allocated to Series 2008-1 Allocable Finance Charge
Collections, (y) the Floating Allocation Percentage with respect to the related Monthly Period and
(z) the Class B Floating Percentage with respect to such Monthly Period. To the extent that the
product of (A) the portion of the Insolvency Proceeds allocated to Series 2008-1 Allocable Finance
Charge Collections and (B) the Floating Allocation Percentage with respect to the related Monthly
Period exceeds the aggregate amount distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to the preceding
sentence, the excess shall be distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplement or the Agreement, all amounts
distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section for payment to the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders shall be distributed in full to the Series 2008-1 Certificateholders on the date
on which funds are distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section and shall be deemed to
be a final distribution pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous Provisions

          Section 9.01. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Supplement, the
Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement as so supplemented by this
Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

          Section 9.02. Counterparts. This Supplement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an
original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          Section 9.03. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SUCH LAWS.

          Section 9.04. [Reserved].

          Section 

9.05. [Reserved].

          Section 9.06. Uncertificated Securities. The Collateral Interest shall be delivered
in uncertificated form.

          Section 9.07. Transfers of the Collateral Interest.

          (a) Unless otherwise consented to by the Transferors, no portion of the Collateral Interest or
any interest therein may be sold, conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, pledged, participated,
exchanged or otherwise transferred (each, a “Transfer”) except in accordance with this
Section 9.07 and only to a Permitted Assignee. Any attempted or purported transfer, assignment,
exchange, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation or grant other than to a Permitted Assignee shall be
void. Unless otherwise consented to by the Transferors, no portion of the Collateral Interest or
any interest therein may be Transferred to any Person (each such Person acquiring the Collateral
Interest or any interest therein, an “Assignee”) unless such Assignee shall have executed
and delivered to the Transferors on or before the
effective date of any Transfer a letter substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit E (an

36

 

“Investment Letter”), executed by such Assignee, with respect to the
related Transfer to such Assignee of all or a portion of the Collateral Interest.

          (b) Each Assignee will certify that the Collateral Interest or the interest therein purchased
by such Assignee will be acquired for investment only and not with a view to any public
distribution thereof, and that such Assignee will not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of the
Collateral Interest or any interest therein so acquired by it in violation of any of the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, or any applicable state or other securities laws.
Each Assignee will acknowledge and agree that (i) it has no right to require the Transferors to
register under the Securities Act or any other securities law the Collateral Interest or the
interest therein to be acquired by the Assignee and (ii) the sale of the Collateral Interest is not
being made by means of the prospectus prepared in connection with the sale of the Series 2008-1
Certificates. Each Assignee will agree with the Transferors that: (a) such Assignee will deliver
to the Transferors an Investment Letter and (b) all of the statements made by such Assignee in its
Investment Letter shall be true and correct as of the date made.

          (c) No portion of the Collateral Interest or any interest therein may be Transferred, and each
Assignee will certify that it is not, (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA and subject to Title I of ERISA), (b) any “plan” (as defined in and subject to Section 4975
of the Code) including individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans, or (c) any other entity
whose underlying assets include “plan assets” (within the meaning of U.S. Department of Labor
Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) by
reason of a plan’s investment in the entity, including, without limitation, an insurance company
general account.

[The signature page follows this page.]

37

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Supplement to be duly executed and
delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES

FINANCING CORPORATION II,

as a Transferor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Maureen Ryan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Maureen Ryan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 
	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES

FINANCING CORPORATION III LLC,

as a Transferor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Catherine M. Hogan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Catherine M. Hogan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 
	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES

FINANCING CORPORATION IV LLC,

as a Transferor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Robert Radle
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Robert Radle 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 
	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC.,

as the Servicer

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ David L. Yowan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	David L. Yowan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President 	 
	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Catherine L. Cerilles
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Catherine L. Cerilles 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

[Signature page — Series 2008-1 Supplement]

 

 

	 	 	 
	FORM OF CLASS A CERTIFICATE

	 	EXHIBIT A-1

			
	 	 	 
	REGISTERED
	 	$                    1/
	 	 	 
	No. R-                    
	 	CUSIP No. 02582J EX 4

          Unless this Class A Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository
Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to American Express Receivables Financing
Corporation II, American Express Receivables Financing Corporation III LLC, American Express
Receivables Financing Corporation IV LLC or their agent for registration of transfer, exchange or
payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name
as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR
OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered
owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

SERIES 2008-1

CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

Expected Final Payment Date:

The January 2011 Distribution Date

Each $100,000 minimum denomination represents a

1/25,300ths undivided interest

in Class A of the

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST, SERIES 2008-1

Evidencing an undivided interest in certain assets of a trust, the corpus of which consists
primarily of an interest in receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of
business in a portfolio of credit and charge accounts serviced by

AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC.,

and other assets and interests constituting Trust Assets under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
referred to below.

(Not an interest in or obligation of American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc.,

American Express Centurion Bank, American Express Bank, FSB, American Express Receivables Financing

Corporation II, American Express Receivables Financing Corporation III LLC, American Express

Receivables Financing Corporation IV LLC or any of their respective affiliates)

 

			
	1 /	 	Denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

 

This certifies that CEDE & CO. (the “Class A Certificateholder”) is the registered owner of
a fractional undivided interest in certain assets of a trust (the “Trust”) created pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1996, as amended and restated as of
January 1, 2006 (as amended and restated and as otherwise amended and supplemented, the
“Agreement”), as supplemented by the Series 2008-1 Supplement, dated as of January 24, 2008
(as amended and supplemented, the “Supplement”), among American Express Receivables
Financing Corporation II, American Express Receivables Financing Corporation III LLC and American
Express Receivables Financing Corporation IV LLC, as transferors (together, the
“Transferors”), American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc., as servicer, and
The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The
corpus of the Trust consists of (i) the Transferors’ ownership interest in a portfolio of
receivables (the “Receivables”) existing in credit and charge accounts identified under the
Agreement from time to time (the “Accounts”), (ii) all Receivables generated under the
Accounts from time to time thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from cardmembers in
respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on deposit in the Collection
Account, the Special Funding Account and any other Series Accounts and (v) all other assets and
interests constituting the Trust. The Holder of this Certificate is entitled to the benefits of
the subordination of the Class B Certificates and the Collateral Interest to the extent provided in
the Supplement. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Agreement and the Supplement is
set forth below and in the Summary of Terms and Conditions attached hereto and made a part hereof,
this Class A Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and the Supplement and
reference is made to the Agreement and the Supplement for information with respect to the
interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights,
duties and obligations of the Trustee. A copy of the Agreement and the Supplement (without
schedules) may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust
Office. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Supplement, as applicable.

          This Class A Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Agreement and the Supplement, to which Agreement and Supplement, each as amended
and supplemented from time to time, the Class A Certificateholder by virtue of the acceptance
hereof assents and is bound.

          It is the intent of the Transferors and the Class A Certificateholder that, for federal, state
and local income and franchise tax purposes, the Class A Certificates will qualify as indebtedness
of the Transferors secured by the Receivables. The Class A Certificateholder, by the acceptance of
this Class A Certificate, agrees to treat this Class A Certificate for federal, state and local
income and franchise tax purposes as debt of the Transferors.

          In general, payments of principal with respect to the Class A Certificates are limited to the
Class A Invested Amount, which may be less than the unpaid principal balance of the Class A
Certificates. The Expected Final Payment Date is the January 2011 Distribution Date, but principal
with respect to the Class A Certificates may be paid earlier or later under certain circumstances
described in the Agreement and the Supplement. If for one or more months during the Controlled
Accumulation Period there are not sufficient funds to pay the Controlled Deposit Amount, then to
the extent that excess funds are not available on subsequent Distribution Dates with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period to make up for such shortfalls, the final payment of principal of
the Class A Certificates will occur later than the Expected Final Payment Date.

          Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the
Trustee, by manual signature, this Class A Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under
the Agreement or the Supplement or be valid for any purpose.

A-1-2

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferors have caused this Class A Certificate to be duly executed.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION II

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION III LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	

 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION IV LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	

 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated: January 24, 2008

A-1-3

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the American Express Credit Account Master Trust Series 2008-1 Class A Certificates
described in the within-mentioned Agreement and Supplement.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	or 

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	as Authenticating Agent 	 
	 	 	for the Trustee 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 

A-1-4

 

	 	 	 	 	 

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

SERIES 2008-1

CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

          The Receivables consist of Principal Receivables which arise generally from the purchase of
goods and services and amounts advanced to cardmembers as cash advances and Finance Charge
Receivables. This Class A Certificate is one of a Series of Certificates entitled American Express
Credit Account Master Trust, Series 2008-1 (the “Series 2008-1 Certificates”), and one of a
class thereof entitled Class A Series 2008-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates (the
“Class A Certificates”), each of which represents a fractional, undivided interest in
certain assets of the Trust. The assets of the Trust are allocated in part to the investor
certificateholders of all outstanding Series (the “Certificateholders’ Interest”) with the
remainder allocated to the Holders of the Transferor Certificates. The aggregate interest
represented by the Class A Certificates at any time in the Principal Receivables in the Trust shall
not exceed an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount at such time. The Class A Initial
Invested Amount is $2,530,000,000. The Class A Invested Amount on any date will be an amount equal
to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
made to the Class A Certificateholder on or prior to such date, minus (c) the excess, if any, of
the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates over Class A
Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed pursuant to subsection 4.07(b) of the Supplement prior to such
date.

          Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Transferors may, from time to time,
direct the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, to issue one or more new Series of Investor
Certificates, which will represent fractional, undivided interests in certain of the Trust Assets.

          On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class A Certificateholder
of record on the last day of the preceding calendar month (each a “Record Date”) such Class
A Certificateholder’s pro rata share of such amounts (including amounts on deposit in the
Collection Account and Principal Funding Account) as are payable to the Class A Certificateholder
pursuant to the Agreement and the Supplement. Distributions with respect to this Class A
Certificate will be made by the Paying Agent by check mailed to the address of the Class A
Certificateholder of record appearing in the Certificate Register without the presentation or
surrender of this Class A Certificate or the making of any notation thereon (except for the final
distribution in respect of this Class A Certificate) except that with respect to Class A
Certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee for The Depository Trust Company,
distributions will be made in the form of immediately available funds. Final payment of this Class
A Certificate will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Class A Certificate at the
office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Trustee to the
Series 2008-1 Certificateholders in accordance with the Agreement and the Supplement.

          On any day occurring on or after the day on which the Invested Amount is reduced to 5% or less
of the Initial Invested Amount, the Transferors have the option to repurchase the Series 2008-1
Certificateholders’ Interest in the Trust. The repurchase price will be equal to (a) if such day
is a Distribution Date, the Reassignment Amount for such Distribution Date or (b) if such day is
not a Distribution Date, the Reassignment Amount for the Distribution Date following such day.
Following the deposit of the Reassignment Amount in the Collection Account, Series 2008-1
Certificateholders will not have any interest in the Receivables and the Series 2008-1 Certificates
will represent only the right to receive such Reassignment Amount.

A-1-5

 

          This Class A Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, the
Transferors or the Servicer or any affiliate of any of them and is not insured or guaranteed by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency or instrumentality. This
Class A Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain Collections with respect to the
Receivables (and certain other amounts), all as more specifically set forth hereinabove and in the
Agreement and the Supplement.

          The Class A Certificates are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000. The transfer of this Class A Certificate shall be registered in the
Certificate Register upon surrender of this Class A Certificate for registration of transfer at any
office or agency maintained by the Transfer Agent and Registrar accompanied by a written instrument
of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, duly
executed by the Class A Certificateholder or such Class A Certificateholder’s attorney, and duly
authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A
Certificates of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate fractional undivided interest
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

          As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class A
Certificates are exchangeable for new Class A Certificates evidencing like aggregate fractional,
undivided interests as requested by the Class A Certificateholder surrendering such Class A
Certificates. No service charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Servicer or Transfer
Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

          The Servicer, the Transferors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent and
Registrar and any agent of any of them, may treat the person in whose name this Class A Certificate
is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the Servicer, the Transferors, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, or any agent of any of them, shall be
affected by notice to the contrary except in certain circumstances described in the Agreement.

          THIS CLASS A CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A-1-6

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                             

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
                                                            

 (name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
                      , attorney, to transfer said certificate on the
books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:                       	

                                                            2/

Signature Guaranteed:

                                                            

 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 

 

			
	2 /	 	NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within
Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change
whatsoever.

A-1-7

 

	 	 	 
	FORM OF CLASS B CERTIFICATE

	 	EXHIBIT A-2

THIS CLASS B CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF PERSONS INVESTING ASSETS OF A
BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED BELOW) OR AN INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OTHER THAN BY INSURANCE
COMPANIES INVESTING ASSETS SOLELY OF THEIR GENERAL ACCOUNTS.

			
	 	 	 
	REGISTERED
	 	$                    3/
	 	 	 
	No. R-                     
	 	CUSIP No. 02582J EY 2

          Unless this Class B Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository
Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to American Express Receivables Financing
Corporation II, American Express Receivables Financing Corporation III LLC, American Express
Receivables Financing Corporation IV LLC or their agent for registration of transfer, exchange or
payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name
as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR
OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered
owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

SERIES 2008-1

CLASS B FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

Expected Final Payment Date:

The January 2011 Distribution Date

Each $100,000 minimum denomination represents a

1/1,5811/4ths undivided interest

in Class B of the

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST, SERIES 2008-1

Evidencing an undivided interest in certain assets of a trust, the corpus of which consists
primarily of an interest in receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of
business in a portfolio of credit and charge accounts serviced by

AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC.,

and other assets and interests constituting Trust Assets under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
referred to below.

     (Not an interest in or obligation of American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc.,
American Express Centurion Bank, American Express Bank, FSB, American Express Receivables

 

			
	3 /	 	Denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

 

Financing Corporation II, American Express Receivables Financing Corporation III LLC, American

Express Receivables Financing Corporation IV LLC or any of their respective affiliates)

This certifies that CEDE & CO. (the “Class B Certificateholder”) is the registered owner of
a fractional, undivided interest in certain assets of a trust (the “Trust”) created
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1996, as amended and restated
as of January 1, 2006 (as amended and restated and otherwise amended and supplemented, the
“Agreement”), as supplemented by the Series 2008-1 Supplement, dated as of January 24, 2008
(as amended and supplemented, the “Supplement”), among American Express Receivables
Financing Corporation II, American Express Receivables Financing Corporation III LLC and American
Express Receivables Financing Corporation IV LLC, as transferors (together, the
“Transferors”), American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc., as servicer, and
The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The
corpus of the Trust consists of (i) the Transferors’ ownership interest in a portfolio of
receivables (the “Receivables”) existing in credit and charge accounts identified under the
Agreement from time to time (the “Accounts”), (ii) all Receivables generated under the
Accounts from time to time thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from cardmembers in
respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on deposit in the Collection
Account, the Special Funding Account, and any other Series Accounts and (v) all other assets and
interests constituting the Trust. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Agreement and
the Supplement is set forth below and in the Summary of Terms and Conditions attached hereto and
made a part hereof, this Class B Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and the
Supplement and reference is made to the Agreement and the Supplement for information with respect
to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the
rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee. A copy of the Agreement and the Supplement (without
schedules) may be requested from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust
Office. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Supplement, as applicable.

          This Class B Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Agreement and the Supplement, to which Agreement and Supplement, each as amended
and supplemented from time to time, the Class B Certificateholder by virtue of the acceptance
hereof assents and is bound.

          No Class B Certificate may be acquired by or for the account of any employee benefit plan,
trust or account, including an individual retirement account, that is subject to the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or that is described in Section 4975(e)(1) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or an entity whose underlying assets include plan
assets by reason of a plan’s investment in such entity (a “Benefit Plan”), unless (i) such acquirer
or holder is an insurance company, (ii) the source of funds used to acquire or hold such
Certificate (or interest therein) is an “insurance company general account” (as defined in U.S.
Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 95-60), and (iii) the
conditions set forth in Sections I and III of PTCE 95-60 have been satisfied. By acquiring any
interest in this Class B Certificate, each applicable Certificate Owner shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted either (i) that it is not a Benefit Plan and is not acting for the
account of any Benefit Plan or (ii) that (1) it is an insurance company, (2) the source of funds
used to acquire or hold an interest in such Certificate is an “insurance company general account”
(as such term is defined in PTCE 95-60), and (3) the conditions set forth in Sections I and III of
PTCE 95-60 have been satisfied.

          THIS CLASS B CERTIFICATE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO FUND PAYMENTS ON THE CLASS
A CERTIFICATES TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED IN THE SUPPLEMENT.

A-2-2

 

          It is the intent of the Transferors and the Class B Certificateholder that, for federal, state
and local income and franchise tax purposes, the Class B Certificates will qualify as indebtedness
of the Transferors secured by the Receivables. The Class B Certificateholder, by the acceptance of
this Class B Certificate, agrees to treat this Class B Certificate for federal, state and local
income and franchise tax purposes as debt of the Transferors.

          In general, payments of principal with respect to the Class B Certificates are limited to the
Class B Invested Amount, which may be less than the unpaid principal balance of the Class B
Certificates. The Expected Final Payment Date is the January 2011 Distribution Date, but principal
with respect to the Class B Certificates may be paid earlier or later under certain circumstances
described in the Agreement and the Supplement. If for one or more months during the Controlled
Accumulation Period there are not sufficient funds to pay the Controlled Deposit Amount, then to
the extent that excess funds are not available on subsequent Distribution Dates with respect to the
Controlled Accumulation Period to make up for such shortfalls, the final payment of principal of
the Class B Certificates will occur later than the Expected Final Payment Date.

          Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the
Trustee, by manual signature, this Class B Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under
the Agreement or the Supplement or be valid for any purpose.

A-2-3

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferors have caused this Class B Certificate to be duly executed.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION II

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION
III LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING CORPORATION IV
LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated: January 24, 2008

A-2-4

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the American Express Credit Account Master Trust Series 2008-1 Class B
Certificates described in the within mentioned Agreement and Supplement.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	or 

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	as Authenticating Agent 	 
	 	 	for the Trustee 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 

A-2-5

 

	 	 	 	 	 

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

SERIES 2008-1

CLASS B FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

          The Receivables consist of Principal Receivables which arise generally from the purchase of
goods and services and amounts advanced to cardmembers as cash advances and Finance Charge
Receivables. This Class B Certificate is one of a Series of Certificates entitled American Express
Credit Account Master Trust, Series 2008-1 (the “Series 2008-1 Certificates”), and one of a
class thereof entitled Class B Series 2008-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates (the
“Class B Certificates”), each of which represents a fractional, undivided interest in
certain assets of the Trust. The assets of the Trust are allocated in part to the investor
certificateholders of all outstanding Series (the “Certificateholders’ Interest”) with the
remainder allocated to the Holders of the Transferor Certificates. The aggregate interest
represented by the Class B Certificates at any time in the Principal Receivables in the Trust shall
not exceed an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount at such time. The Class B Initial
Invested Amount is $158,125,000. The Class B Invested Amount on any date will be an amount equal
to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments
made to the Class B Certificateholder on or prior to such date, minus (c) the excess, if any, of
the aggregate amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates over Class B
Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed, minus (d) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections
allocated on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to subsection 4.08(a) of the Supplement
(excluding any Reallocated Principal Collections that have resulted in a reduction in the
Collateral Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.08), minus (e) an amount equal to the amount by
which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced to cover the Class A Investor Default Amount on
all prior Distribution Dates, and plus (f) the amount of Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge
Collections allocated to Series 2008-1 and applied on all prior Distribution Dates for the purpose
of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e); provided,
however, that the Class B Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.

          Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Transferors may, from time to time,
direct the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, to issue one or more new Series of Investor
Certificates, which will represent fractional, undivided interests in certain of the Trust Assets.

          On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class B Certificateholder
of record on the last day of the preceding calendar month (each a “Record Date”) such Class
B Certificateholder’s pro rata share of such amounts (including amounts on deposit in the
Collection Account and Principal Funding Account) as are payable to the Class B Certificateholder
pursuant to the Agreement and the Supplement. Distributions with respect to this Class B
Certificate will be made by the Paying Agent by check mailed to the address of the Class B
Certificateholder of record appearing in the Certificate Register without the presentation or
surrender of this Class B Certificate or the making of any notation thereon (except for the final
distribution in respect of this Class B Certificate) except that with respect to Class B
Certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee for The Depository Trust Company,
distributions will be made in the form of immediately available funds. Final payment of this Class
B Certificate will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Class B Certificate at the
office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Trustee to the
Series 2008-1 Certificateholders in accordance with the Agreement and the Supplement.

          On any day occurring on or after the day on which the Invested Amount is reduced to 5% or less
of the Initial Invested Amount, the Transferors have the option to repurchase the Series 2008-1

A-2-6

 

Certificateholders’ Interest in the Trust. The repurchase price will be equal to (a) if such
day is a Distribution Date, the Reassignment Amount for such Distribution Date or (b) if such day
is not a Distribution Date, the Reassignment Amount for the Distribution Date next following such
day. Following the deposit of the Reassignment Amount in the Collection Account, Series 2008-1
Certificateholders will not have any interest in the Receivables and the Series 2008-1 Certificates
will represent only the right to receive such Reassignment Amount.

          This Class B Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, the
Transferors or the Servicer or any affiliate of any of them and is not insured or guaranteed by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency or instrumentality. This
Class B Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain Collections with respect to the
Receivables (and certain other amounts), all as more specifically set forth hereinabove and in the
Agreement and the Supplement.

          The Class B Certificates are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000. The transfer of this Class B Certificate shall be registered in the
Certificate Register upon surrender of this Class B Certificate for registration of transfer at any
office or agency maintained by the Transfer Agent and Registrar accompanied by a written instrument
of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, duly
executed by the Class B Certificateholder or such Class B Certificateholder’s attorney, and duly
authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class B
Certificates of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate fractional undivided interest
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

          As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class B
Certificates are exchangeable for new Class B Certificates evidencing like aggregate fractional
undivided interests as requested by the Class B Certificateholder surrendering such Class B
Certificates. No service charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Servicer or Transfer
Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

          The Servicer, the Transferors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent and
Registrar and any agent of any of them, may treat the person in whose name this Class B Certificate
is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the Servicer, the Transferors, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, or any agent of any of them, shall be
affected by notice to the contrary except in certain circumstances described in the Agreement.

          THIS CLASS B CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A-2-7

 

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                             

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
                                                            

 (name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

                               , attorney, to transfer said certificate on the
books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:                      	                                                             4/

Signature Guaranteed:

                                                            

 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 

 

			
	4 /	 	NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within
Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change
whatsoever.

A-2-8

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF MONTHLY PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS AND

NOTIFICATION TO THE TRUSTEE

 

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

SERIES 2008-1

 

          The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of American Express Travel Related Services
Company, Inc. (“TRS”), as Servicer pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated
as of May 16, 1996, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006 (as amended and restated and as
otherwise amended and supplemented, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”), among TRS,
American Express Receivables Financing Corporation II, American Express Receivables Financing
Corporation III LLC and American Express Receivables Financing Corporation IV LLC, as transferors
(together, the “Transferors”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the
“Trustee”), does hereby certify as follows:

          1. Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Series 2008-1 Supplement, dated as of January 24, 2008,
among TRS, the Transferors and the Trustee (as amended and supplemented, the “Supplement”),
as applicable.

          2. TRS is the Servicer.

          3. The undersigned is a Servicing Officer.

I. INSTRUCTION TO MAKE A WITHDRAWAL

          Pursuant to subsections 4.05(a), (b) and (c), the Servicer does hereby instruct the Trustee
(i) to make withdrawals from the Collection Account on                     ,      ,
which date is a Distribution Date under the Supplement, in the aggregate amounts (equal to
the Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds and Collateral Available Funds, respectively)
as set forth below in respect of the following amounts and (ii) to apply the proceeds of such
withdrawals in accordance with subsections 4.05(a), (b) and (c):

          With respect to the Class A Certificates,

	 	A)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(i):

	 	(1)	 	Interest at the Class A
Certificate Rate for the related Interest
Accrual Period on the Class A Invested Amount 	        $                    

	 	(2)	 	Class A Monthly
Interest previously
due but not paid 	        $                    

B-1

 

	 	(3)	 	Class A Additional
Interest and any Class A Additional Interest
due but not paid 	        $                    

	 	B)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(ii):

	 	(1)	 	The Class A Servicing
Fee for the preceding Monthly Period, if
applicable 	        $                    

	 	(2)	 	Accrued and unpaid
Class A Servicing Fees, if applicable 	        $                    

	 	C)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(iii):

	 	(1)	 	Class A Investor
Default Amount for the preceding Monthly Period
	        $                    

          With respect to the Class B Certificates,

	 	A)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(b)(i):

	 	(1)	 	Interest at the Class B
Certificate Rate for the related Interest
Accrual Period on the Class B Invested Amount
	        $                    

	 	(2)	 	Class B Monthly
Interest previously due but not paid 	        $                    

	 	(3)	 	Class B Additional
Interest and any Class B Additional Interest
previously due but not paid 	        $                    

	 	B)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(b)(ii):

	 	(1)	 	The Class B Servicing
Fee for the preceding Monthly Period, if
applicable 	        $                    

	 	(2)	 	Accrued and unpaid
Class B Servicing Fees, if applicable 	        $                    

          With respect to the Collateral Interest

	 	A)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(c)(i):

	 	(1)	 	The Collateral
Servicing Fee for the preceding Monthly Period,
if applicable 	        $                    

	 	(2)	 	Accrued and unpaid
Collateral Servicing Fees, if applicable 	        $                    

          Pursuant to subsections 4.05(d), (e) and (f), the Servicer hereby instructs the Trustee (i) to
make withdrawals from the Collection Account on                     , which date is a
Distribution Date under the Supplement, in the aggregate amounts (equal to the Available Principal
Collections) as set

B-2

 

forth below in respect of the following amounts and (ii) to apply the proceeds of such
withdrawals in accordance with subsections 4.05(d), (e) and (f):

	 	A)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(d):

	 	(1)	 	Amount to be treated as
Shared Principal Collections 	        $                    

	 	B)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(e):

	 	(1)	 	The lesser of the
Controlled Deposit Amount and the sum of the
Class A Adjusted Invested Amount and the Class
B Adjusted Invested Amount deposited in the
Principal Funding Account 	        $                    

	 	(2)	 	After the Class B
Invested Amount is paid in full, the amount
paid to the Collateral Interest Holder (up to
the Collateral Invested Amount) 	        $                    

	 	(3)	 	Prior to the date the
Class B Invested Amount is paid in full, amount
to be treated as Shared Principal Collections 	        $                    

	 	C)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.05(f):

	 	(1)	 	An amount up to the
Class A Adjusted Invested Amount deposited in
the Principal Funding Account 	        $                    

	 	(2)	 	On and after the
Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested
Amount is paid in full, an amount up to the
Class B Invested Amount deposited in the
Principal Funding Account 	        $                    

	 	(3)	 	On and after the
Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested
Amount is paid in full, an amount up to the
Collateral Invested Amount distributed to the
Collateral Interest Holder 	        $                    

          Pursuant to Section 4.07, the Servicer does hereby instruct the Trustee to apply on                     ,
which is a Distribution Date under the Supplement, any Excess Spread and Excess
Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2008-1 as follows:

	 	A)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(a):

	 	 	 	Class A Required Amount applied in the priority set
forth in subsections 4.05(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) 	        $                    

	 	B)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(b):

B-3

 

	 	 	 	Aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs not
previously reimbursed allocated to Available
Principal Collections 	        $                    

	 	C)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(c):

	 	 	 	Class B Required Amount applied in the priority set
forth in subsections 4.05(b)(i) 	        $                    

	 	D)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(d):

	 	 	 	Interest accrued on aggregate outstanding principal
balance of the Class B Certificates not otherwise
distributed to Class B Certificateholders pursuant
to Section 4.07(c) 	        $                    

	 	E)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(d):

	 	 	 	Amount (up to the Class B Investor Default) to be
applied as Available Principal Collections 	        $                    

	 	F)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(e):

	 	 	 	The amount by which the “Class B Invested Amount”
has been reduced pursuant to clauses (c), (d) and
(e) of the definition thereof allocated to Available
Principal Collections 	        $                    

	 	G)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(f):

	 	(1)	 	Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest 	        $                    

	 	(2)	 	Collateral Minimum
Monthly Interest previously due but not paid 	        $                    

	 	(3)	 	Collateral Additional
Interest and any Collateral Additional Interest
previously due and not paid 	        $                    

	 	H)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(g):

	 	 	 	Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date
that has not been paid to the Servicer and any
Monthly Servicing Fee previously due but not paid to
the Servicer 	        $                    

	 	I)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(h):

	 	 	 	Collateral Default Amount allocated to Available
Principal Collections 	        $                    

	 	J)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(i):

B-4

 

	 	 	 	The amount by which the “Collateral Invested Amount”
has been reduced pursuant to clauses (c), (d) and
(e) of the definition thereof allocated to Available
Principal Collections 	        $                    

	 	K)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(j):

	 	 	 	The excess of the Required Reserve Account Amount
over the Available Reserve Amount deposited into the
Reserve Account 	        $                    

	 	L)	 	Pursuant to subsection 4.07(k):

	 	 	 	Amount distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder
	        $                    

          Pursuant to Section 4.08, the Servicer does hereby instruct the Trustee to apply on
                    , which is a Distribution Date under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,

$                    

of
Reallocated Principal Collections to fund any deficiencies in the Required Amount after applying
Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds, Excess Spread and Excess Finance Charge
Collections thereto.

II. INSTRUCTION TO MAKE CERTAIN PAYMENTS

          Pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Series Supplement, the Servicer does hereby instruct the
Trustee to pay in accordance with Section 5.01 from the Interest Funding Account or the Principal
Funding Account, as applicable, on                     , which date is a Payment Date under
the Supplement, the following amounts as set forth below:

	 	A)	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(a):

	 	 	 	Interest to be distributed to Class A
Certificateholders 	        $                    

	 	B)	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(b):

	 	 	 	On the Expected Final Payment Date or a Special
Payment Date, principal to be distributed to the
Class A Certificateholders 	        $                    

	 	C)	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(c):

	 	 	 	Interest to be distributed to Class B
Certificateholders 	        $                    

	 	D)	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(d):

	 	 	 	On the Expected Final Payment Date or a Special
Payment Date, on or after the date Class A Invested
Amount is paid in full, principal to be distributed
to the Class B Certificateholders 	        $                    

	 	E)	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(e):

B-5

 

	 	 	 	Aggregate amount to be distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder 	        $                    

III. ACCRUED AND UNPAID AMOUNTS

          After giving effect to the withdrawals and transfers to be made in accordance with this
notice, the following amounts will be accrued and unpaid with respect to all Monthly Periods
preceding the current calendar month.

	 	1.	 	Subsection 4.06(a):

	 	 	 	The aggregate amount of all unreimbursed Class A
Investor Charge-Offs 	        $                    

	 	2.	 	Subsection 4.06(a), (b) and
4.08(a):

	 	 	 	The aggregate amount by which the “Class B Invested
Amount” has been reduced pursuant to clauses (c),
(d) and (e) of the definition thereof 	        $                    

	 	3.	 	Subsection 4.06(a), (b), (c) and
4.08(a) and (b):

	 	 	 	The aggregate amount by which the “Collateral
Invested Amount” has been reduced pursuant to
clauses (c), (d) and (e) of the definition thereof 	        $                    

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate this      
day of                     ,      .

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC., as Servicer

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

B-6

 

EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF MONTHLY STATEMENT

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

SERIES 2008-1

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	A)	 	Information regarding distributions in
respect of the Class A Certificates per $1,000 original
certificate principal amount	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(1)	 	The total amount of
the distribution
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(2)	 	The amount of the
distribution set forth in paragraph (1) above
in respect of Class A Monthly Interest
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(3)	 	The amount of the
distribution set forth in paragraph (1) above
in respect of Class A Outstanding Monthly
Interest
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(4)	 	The amount of the
distribution set forth in paragraph (1) above
in respect of Class A Additional Interest
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(5)	 	The amount of the
distribution set forth in paragraph (1) above
in respect of principal of the Class A
Certificates
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	B)	 	Class A Investor Charge-Offs and
Reimbursement of Class A Charge-Offs	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(1)	 	The total amount of
Class A Investor Charge-Offs
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(2)	 	The amount of Class A
Investor Charge-Offs set forth in paragraph
(1) above, per $1,000 original certificate
principal amount
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(3)	 	The total amount
reimbursed in respect of Class A Investor
Charge-Offs
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(4)	 	The amount set forth
in paragraph (3) above, reimbursed per $1,000
original certificate principal amount 	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(5)	 	The amount, if any, by
which the outstanding principal balance of the
Class A Certificates exceeds the Class A
Invested Amount after	 	 

C-1-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	giving effect to all transactions on such
Distribution Date
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C)	 	Information regarding distributions in
respect of the Class B Certificates, per $1,000
original certificate principal amount	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(1)	 	The total amount of
the distribution in respect of Class B
Certificates
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(2)	 	The amount of the
distribution set forth in paragraph (1) above
in respect of Class B Monthly Interest
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(3)	 	The amount of the
distribution set forth in paragraph (1) above
in respect of Class B Outstanding Monthly
Interest
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(4)	 	The amount of the
distribution set forth in paragraph (1) above
in respect of Class B Additional Interest
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(5)	 	The amount of the
distribution set forth in paragraph (1) above
in respect of principal of the Class B
Certificates
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	D)	 	Amount of reductions in Class B
Invested Amount pursuant to clauses (c), (d), and (e)
of the definition of Class B Invested Amount on such
Distribution Date	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(1)	 	The amount of
reductions in Class B Invested Amount pursuant
to clauses (c), (d) and (e) of the definition
of Class B Invested Amount
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(2)	 	The amount of the
reductions in the Class B Invested Amount set
forth in paragraph (1) above, per $1,000
original certificate principal amount
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(3)	 	The total amount
reimbursed in respect of such reductions in
the Class B Invested Amount
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(4)	 	The amount set forth
in paragraph (3) above, per $1,000 original
certificate principal amount
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(5)	 	The amount, if any, by
which the outstanding principal balance of the
Class B Certificates exceeds the Class B
Invested Amount after	 	 

C-1-2

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	giving effect to all transactions on such
Distribution Date
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	E)	 	Information regarding distributions on
the Distribution Date to the Collateral Interest Holder	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(1)	 	The total amount
distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(2)	 	The amount of the
distribution in paragraph (1) above in respect
of Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(3)	 	The amount of the
distribution in paragraph (1) above in respect
of Collateral Additional Interest
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(4)	 	The amount distributed
to the Collateral Interest Holder in respect
of principal on the Collateral Invested Amount
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(5)	 	The amount of the
distribution in paragraph (1) above in respect
of remaining Excess Spread
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	F)	 	Amount of reductions in Collateral
Invested Amount pursuant to clauses (c), (d), and (e)
of the definition of Collateral Invested Amount	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(1)	 	The amount of
reductions in the Collateral Invested Amount
pursuant to clauses (c), (d) and (e) of the
definition of Collateral Invested Amount
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(2)	 	The total amount
reimbursed in respect of such reductions in
the Collateral Invested Amount
	 	$                    

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED

SERVICES COMPANY, INC., as Servicer

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

C-1-3

 

	 	 	 
	 	 	TRUST
	TRUST ACTIVITY	 	TOTALS
	Number of days in Monthly Period

	 	                      
	Beginning Number of Accounts

	 	                      
	Beginning Principal Receivable Balance

	 	$                    
	a. Addition of the Monthly Principal Receivable Balance

	 	$                    
	b. Removal of the Monthly Principal Receivable Balance

	 	$                    
	Special Funding Account Balance

	 	$                    
	Beginning Total Principal Balance

	 	$                    
	Finance Charge Collections (excluding Recoveries)

	 	$                    
	Recoveries

	 	$                    
	Total Collections of Finance Charge Receivables

	 	$                    
	Total Collections of Principal Receivables

	 	$                    
	Monthly Payment Rate

	 	                  %
	Defaulted Amount

	 	$                    
	Annualized Default Rate

	 	                  %
	Trust Portfolio Yield

	 	                  %
	New Principal Receivables

	 	$                    
	Ending Number of Accounts

	 	                      
	Ending Principal Receivables Balance

	 	$                    
	Ending Required Minimum Principal Balance

	 	$                    
	Ending Transferor Amount

	 	$                    
	Ending Special Funding Account Balance

	 	$                    
	Ending Total Principal Balance

	 	$                    
	 
	 	 
	SERIES ALLOCATIONS
	 	 
	Group Number

	 	                      
	Invested Amount

	 	$                    
	Adjusted Invested Amount

	 	$                    
	Principal Funding Account Balance

	 	$                    
	Series Required Transferor Amount

	 	$                    
	Series Allocation Percentage

	 	                  %
	Series Allocable Finance Charge Collections

	 	$                    
	Series Allocable Recoveries

	 	$                    
	Series Allocable Principal Collections

	 	$                    
	Series Allocable Defaulted Amount

	 	$                    
	 
	 	 
	GROUP ALLOCATIONS
	 	 

C-1-4

 

	 	 	 
	 	 	TRUST
	TRUST ACTIVITY	 	TOTALS
	Group Number

	 	                      
	Invested Amount

	 	$                    
	Investor Finance Charge Collections

	 	$                    
	Investor Monthly Interest

	 	$                    
	Investor Default Amount

	 	$                    
	Investor Monthly Fees

	 	$                    
	Investor Additional Amounts

	 	$                    
	Total

	 	$                    
	 
	 	 
	Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections

	 	$                    
	Investment Funding Account Proceeds

	 	$                    
	Available Excess

	 	$                    
	 
	 	 
	TRUST PERFORMANCE
	 	 
	Delinquencies
	 	 
	31-60 Days Delinquent

	 	                    
	61-90 Days Delinquent

	 	                    
	90+ Days Delinquent

	 	                    
	Total 30+ Days Delinquent

	 	                    
	
	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	TOTAL	 	 
	INVESTOR/TRANSFEROR	 	SERIES	 	INVESTOR	 	TRANSFERORS’
	ALLOCATIONS	 	ALLOCATIONS	 	INTEREST	 	INTEREST
	Beginning Invested Amount/Transferor Amount

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Beginning Adjusted Invested Amount

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Floating Allocation Percentage

	 	                    %
	 	                    %
	 	                    %
	Principal Allocation Percentage

	 	                    %
	 	                    %
	 	                    %
	
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	
Collections of Principal Receivables

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	
Defaulted Amount

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Ending Invested
Amount/Transferor Amount

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    

C-1-5

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	MONTHLY PERIOD FUNDING	 	 	 	 	 	COLLATERAL	 	 
	REQUIREMENTS	 	CLASS A	 	CLASS B	 	INTEREST	 	TOTAL
	Principal Funding Account Balance

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Investment Proceeds for
Monthly Period

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Reserve Account Opening
Balance

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Reserve Account Deposit

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Reserve Draw Amount

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Reserve Account Surplus

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Reserve Account Closing
Balance

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Coupon (___/___/___ to
___/___/___)

	 	                    %
	 	                    %
	 	                    %
	 	                    %
	LIBOR Determination Date

	 	                    
	 	                    
	 	                    	 	 
	Monthly Interest Due

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Outstanding Monthly
Interest Due

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Additional Interest Due

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Total Interest Due

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Investor Default Amount

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Investor Monthly Fees Due

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Investor Additional
Amounts Due

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Total Due

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Reallocated Investor Finance Charge Collections

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$                    
	Interest and Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$                    
	Interest on Reserve Account

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$                    
	Series Adjusted Portfolio
Yield

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	                    %
	Base Rate

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	                    %
	Excess Spread Percentage

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	                    %
	 
	CERTIFICATES — BALANCES	 	 	 	 	 	COLLATERAL	 	 
	AND DISTRIBUTIONS	 	CLASS A	 	CLASS B	 	INTEREST	 	TOTAL
	Beginning Certificates
Balance

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Distributions of Interest

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Deposits to the Principal
Funding Account

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Distributions of Principal

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Total Distributions

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	Ending Certificates Balance

	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    
	 	$                    

C-1-6

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	APPLICATION OF REALLOCATED INVESTOR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
	1.

	 	CLASS A AVAILABLE FUNDS	 	 
	 

	 	a.     Class A Monthly Interest

	 	$                    
	 

	 	b.     Class A Outstanding Monthly Interest

	 	$                    
	 

	 	c.     Class A Additional Interest

	 	$                    
	 

	 	d.     Class A Investor Default Amount (treated as
Available Principal Collections)

	 	$                    
	 

	 	e.     Excess Spread

	 	$                    
	2.

	 	CLASS B AVAILABLE FUNDS	 	 
	 

	 	a.     Class B Monthly Interest

	 	$                    
	 

	 	b.     Class B Outstanding Monthly Interest

	 	$                    
	 

	 	c.     Class B Additional Interest

	 	$                    
	 

	 	d.     Excess Spread

	 	$                    
	3.

	 	COLLATERAL AVAILABLE FUNDS	 	 
	 

	 	a.     Excess Spread

	 	$                    
	4.

	 	TOTAL EXCESS SPREAD
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 
	REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
	1.

	 	Principal Allocation Percentage
	 	                    %
	2.

	 	Series 2008-1 Allocable Principal Collections
	 	$                    
	3.

	 	Principal Allocation Percentage of Series 2008-1 Allocable Principal Collections
	 	$                    
	4.

	 	Reallocated Principal Collections Required to Fund the
Required Amount
	 	$                    
	5.

	 	Item 3 minus Item 4
	 	$                    
	6.

	 	Shared Principal Collections from other Series allocated to
Series 2008-1
	 	$                    
	7.

	 	Other amounts treated as Available Principal Collections
	 	$                    
	8.

	 	Available Principal Collections (total of items 5, 6 and 7)
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 
	APPLICATION OF AVAILABLE PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS DURING REVOLVING PERIOD
	1.

	 	Collateral Invested Amount
	 	$                    
	2.

	 	Required Collateral Invested Amount
	 	$                    
	3.

	 	Excess of Collateral Invested Amount over Required Collateral
Invested Amount
	 	$                    
	4.

	 	Treated as Shared Principal Collections
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 
	APPLICATION OF PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS DURING ACCUMULATION OR AMORTIZATION PERIOD
	1.

	 	Principal Funding Account
	 	$                    
	2.

	 	Excess of Collateral Invested Amount over Required Collateral
Invested Amount
	 	$                    

C-1-7

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	3.

	 	Distribution of Principal
	 	$                    
	4.

	 	Treated as Shared Principal Collections
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 
	APPLICATION OF EXCESS SPREAD AND EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS ALLOCATED TO SERIES 2008-1
	1.

	 	Excess Spread
	 	$                    
	2.

	 	Excess Finance Charge Collections
	 	$                    
	3.

	 	Applied to fund Class A Required Amount
	 	$                    
	4.

	 	Class A Investor Charge-offs treated as Available Principal
Collections
	 	$                    
	5.

	 	Applied to fund overdue Class B Interest
	 	$                    
	6.

	 	Applied to fund Class B Required Amount
	 	$                    
	7.

	 	Reduction of Class B Invested Amount treated as Available
Principal Collections
	 	$                    
	8.

	 	Applied to Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest
	 	$                    
	9.

	 	Applied to unpaid Monthly Servicing Fee
	 	$                    
	10.

	 	Collateral Default Amount treated as Available Principal
Collections
	 	$                    
	11.

	 	Reduction of Collateral Invested Amount treated as Available
Principal Collections
	 	$                    
	12.

	 	Deposited to Reserve Account
	 	$                    
	13.

	 	Remaining Excess Spread Distributed to Collateral Interest
Holder
	 	$                    
	 
	 	 	 	 
	YIELD AND BASE RATE
	1.

	 	Base Rate	 	 
	 

	 	Current Monthly Period

	 	                    %
	 

	 	Prior Monthly Period

	 	                    %
	 

	 	Second Prior Monthly Period

	 	                    %
	2.

	 	Three Month Average Base
Rate
	 	                    %
	3.

	 	Series Adjusted Portfolio
Yield	 	 
	 

	 	Current Monthly Period

	 	                    %
	 

	 	Prior Monthly Period

	 	                    %
	 

	 	Second Prior Monthly Period

	 	                    %
	4.

	 	Three Month average
Series Adjusted Portfolio
Yield
	 	                    %

C-1-8

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	5.

	 	Is the 3 month average
Series Adjusted Portfolio
Yield more than the 3 month
average base rate:	
 	[Yes/No]

C-1-9

 

EXHIBIT C-2

FORM OF ANNUAL PAYMENT INFORMATION

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

SERIES 2008-1

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 200[_]

     The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of American Express Travel Related Services
Company, Inc. (“TRS”), as Servicer pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May
16, 1996, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006 (as amended and restated and as otherwise
amended and supplemented, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”), among TRS, American Express
Receivable Financing Corporation II, American Express Receivable Financing Corporation III LLC and
American Express Receivable Financing Corporation IV LLC, as transferors (together, the
“Transferors”) and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), does hereby certify as
follows:

     Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Series 2008-1 Supplement, dated as of January 24, 2008,
among TRS, the Transferors and the Trustee (as amended and supplemented, the “Supplement”), as
applicable.

     Pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Series Supplement, the Servicer instructed the Trustee to pay
in accordance with Section 5.01 from the Interest Funding Account or the Principal Funding Account,
as applicable, the following aggregate amounts during the year ended December 31, 200[_]:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	A)
	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(a):	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Interest distributed to Class A Certificateholders
	 	$	________	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	B)
	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(b):	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	On the Expected Final Payment Date or a Special
Payment Date, if applicable, principal distributed
to the Class A Certificateholders
	 	$	________	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	C)
	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(c):	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Interest distributed to Class B Certificateholders
	 	$	________	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	D)
	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(d):	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	On the Expected Final Payment Date or a Special
Payment Date, if applicable, on or after the date
Class A Invested Amount is paid in full, principal
distributed to the Class B Certificateholders
	 	$	________	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	E)
	 	Pursuant to subsection 5.01(e):	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Aggregate amount distributed to the Collateral
Interest Holder in respect of interest
	 	$	________	 	 

C-2-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Aggregate amount distributed to the Collateral
Interest Holder in respect of principal
	 	$	________	 	 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate this [_] day of January,
200[_].

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC., as Servicer

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

C-2-2

 

	 	 	 	 	 

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF MONTHLY SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE

AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC.

AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT ACCOUNT MASTER TRUST

SERIES 2008-1

          The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of American Express Travel Related Services
Company, Inc., as Servicer (“TRS”), pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated
as of May 16, 1996, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006 (as amended and restated and as
otherwise amended and supplemented, the “Agreement”), as supplemented by the Series 2008-1
Supplement, dated as of January 24, 2008 (as amended and supplemented, the “Series
Supplement”), among TRS, as Servicer, American Express Receivables Financing Corporation II,
American Express Receivables Financing Corporation III LLC and American Express Receivables
Financing Corporation IV LLC, as Transferors, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, does hereby
certify as follows:

          1. Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings as set forth in
the Agreement or the Series Supplement, as applicable.

          2. TRS is, as of the date hereof, the Servicer under the Agreement.

          3. The undersigned is a Servicing Officer.

          4. This Certificate relates to the Distribution Date occurring on                     
     , 200    and covers activity from                     
     , 200    through                           , 200   .

          5. As of the date hereof, to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the Servicer has performed
in all material respects all its obligations under the Agreement through the Monthly Period
preceding such Distribution Date [or, if there has been a default in the performance of any such
obligation, set forth in detail the (i) nature of such default, (ii) the action taken by the
Servicer, if any, to remedy such default and (iii) the current status of each such default; if
applicable, insert “None”].

          6. As of the date hereof, to the best knowledge of the undersigned, no Pay Out Event occurred
on or prior to such Distribution Date.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate this
       day of                     , 20   .

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC.,

as Servicer

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

D-1

 

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

[Date]

			
	     Re:	 	American Express Credit Account Master Trust;
Purchases of Series 2008-1 Collateral Interest

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          This letter (the “Investment Letter”) is delivered by the undersigned (the “Purchaser”)
pursuant to Section 9.07 of the Series 2008-1 Supplement, dated as of January 24, 2008 (the “Series
Supplement”) to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1996, as amended and
restated as of January 1, 2006 (as amended and restated and as otherwise amended and supplemented,
the “Agreement”), each among The Bank of New York, as Trustee, American Express Receivables
Financing Corporation II, American Express Receivables Financing Corporation III LLC and American
Express Receivables Financing Corporation IV LLC, as Transferors, and American Express Travel
Related Services Company, Inc., as Servicer. Capitalized terms used herein without definition
shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. The Purchaser represents to and agrees with
the Transferors as follows:

	 	(a)	 	The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial
and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its
investment in the Collateral Interest and is able to bear the economic risk of
such investment.
	 
	 	(b)	 	The Purchaser is an “accredited investor,” as defined in Rule
501, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”)
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or is a
sophisticated institutional investor. The Purchaser understands that the
offering and sale of the Collateral Interest has not been and will not be
registered under the Securities Act and has not and will not be registered or
qualified under any applicable “Blue Sky” law, and that the offering and sale
of the Collateral Interest has not been reviewed by, passed on or submitted to
any federal or state agency or commission, securities exchange or other
regulatory body.
	 
	 	(c)	 	The Purchaser is acquiring an interest in the Collateral
Interest without a view to any distribution, resale or other transfer thereof
except, with respect to any Collateral Interest or any interest or
participation therein, as contemplated in the following sentence. The
Purchaser will not resell or otherwise transfer any interest or participation
in the Collateral Interest, except in accordance with Section 9.07 of the
Series Supplement and (i) in a transaction exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities or “blue
sky” laws; (ii) to a Transferor or any affiliate of a Transferor; or (iii) to a
person who the Purchaser reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer
(within the meaning thereof in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that is
aware that the resale or other transfer is being made in reliance upon Rule
144A. In connection therewith, the Purchaser hereby agrees that it will not
resell or otherwise transfer the Collateral Interest or any interest therein
unless the purchaser thereof provides to the addressee hereof a letter
substantially in the form hereof.

E-1

 

	 	(d)	 	No portion of the Collateral Interest or any interest therein
may be Transferred, and each Assignee will certify that it is not, (a) an
“employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), including
governmental plans and church plans, (b) any “plan” (as defined in Section
4975(e)(1) of the Code) including individual retirement accounts and Keogh
plans, or (c) any other entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets”
(within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29
C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 or otherwise under ERISA) by reason of a plan’s investment
in the entity, including, without limitation, an insurance company general
account.
	 
	 	(e)	 	This Investment Letter has been duly executed and delivered and
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser,
enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or similar laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement of
creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[NAME OF PURCHASER]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	AGREED TO AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE

WRITTEN:

AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING

CORPORATION II,

as Transferor

 	 	 
	By:  	 	 	 
	 	Name:  	 	 	 
	 	Title:  	 	 	 
	 
	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING

CORPORATION III LLC,

as Transferor

 	 	 
	By:  	 	 	 
	 	Name:  	 	 	 
	 	Title:  	 	 	 
	 
	AMERICAN EXPRESS RECEIVABLES FINANCING

CORPORATION IV LLC,

as Transferor

 	 	 
	By:  	 	 	 
	 	Name:  	 	 	 
	 	Title:  	 	 	 

E-2EX-10.1

 

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

 

$385,000,000

SECURED SUPER-PRIORITY DEBTOR IN POSSESSION CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of January 22, 2008,

among

BUFFETS, INC., a Debtor and Debtor in Possession

BUFFETS HOLDINGS, INC., a Debtor and a Debtor in Possession

THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN

and

CREDIT SUISSE,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

as Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	ARTICLE I Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 1.03. Pro Forma Calculations
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 1.04. Classification of Loans
	 	 	24	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II The Credits
	 	 	24	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 2.01. Commitments
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 2.02. Loans
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 2.03. Borrowing Procedure
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans
	 	 	27	 
	SECTION 2.05. Fees
	 	 	27	 
	SECTION 2.06. Interest on Loans
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 2.07. Default Interest
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of New Money Commitments
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 2.10. Continuation of Borrowings
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 2.11. Repayment of Borrowings
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 2.12. Prepayment
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 2.15. Priority
	 	 	31	 
	SECTION 2.16. Indemnity
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 2.19. Payments
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 2.20. Taxes
	 	 	34	 
	SECTION 2.21. Assignment of New Money Commitments
and Loans Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties
	 	 	37	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers
	 	 	37	 
	SECTION 3.02. Authorization
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 3.03. Enforceability
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws
	 	 	40	 

 

ii

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	SECTION 3.10. Agreements
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 3.11. Federal Reserve Regulations
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 3.12. Investment Company Act
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 3.13. Use of Proceeds
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 3.14. Tax Returns
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 3.15. No Material Misstatements
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 3.16. Employee Benefit Plans
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 3.17. Environmental Matters
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 3.18. Insurance
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 3.19. Secured, Super-Priority Obligations
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 3.20. Location of Real Property and Leased Premises
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 3.21. Labor Matters
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 3.22. Deposit Accounts
	 	 	43	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV Conditions of Lending
	 	 	44	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 4.01. All Credit Events
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 4.02. First Credit Event
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 4.03. Additional Conditions to Credit Events comprising Delayed Draw Loans
	 	 	47	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants
	 	 	47	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 5.01. Existence; Businesses and Properties
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 5.02. Insurance
	 	 	48	 
	SECTION 5.03. Obligations and Taxes
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc.
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices
	 	 	51	 
	SECTION 5.06. Information Regarding Collateral
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 5.10. [Reserved]
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 5.11. Maintenance of Sale Leaseback Interests
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 5.12. Deposit Accounts and Control Agreements
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 5.13. Bankruptcy Cases
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 5.14. Post-Closing Covenant
	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants
	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 6.02. Liens
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 6.03. Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans and Advances
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions
	 	 	59	 

 

iii

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	SECTION 6.06. Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	61	 
	SECTION 6.08. Business of Holdings, Borrower and Subsidiaries
	 	 	61	 
	SECTION 6.09. Other Indebtedness and Agreements
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 6.10. Capital Expenditures
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 6.11. [Reserved]
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 6.12. [Reserved]
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 6.13. Minimum Consolidated EBITDA
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 6.14. Minimum Cash Balance
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 6.15. Fiscal Year
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 6.16. Chapter 11 Claims
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 6.17. [Reserved]
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 6.18. The Orders
	 	 	63	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII Events of Default
	 	 	63	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent
	 	 	67	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous
	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 9.01. Notices
	 	 	70	 
	SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement
	 	 	70	 
	SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect
	 	 	71	 
	SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns
	 	 	71	 
	SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity
	 	 	75	 
	SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff
	 	 	76	 
	SECTION 9.07. Applicable Law
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 9.09. Interest Rate Limitation
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 9.10. Entire Agreement
	 	 	79	 
	SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	 	 	79	 
	SECTION 9.12. Severability
	 	 	79	 
	SECTION 9.13. Counterparts
	 	 	79	 
	SECTION 9.14. Headings
	 	 	79	 
	SECTION 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
	 	 	80	 
	SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality
	 	 	80	 
	SECTION 9.17. [Reserved]
	 	 	81	 
	SECTION 9.18. U.S.A. Patriot Act Notice
	 	 	81	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Schedule 1.01(b)
	 	Master Land and Building Leases
	 

	 	Schedule 1.01(c)
	 	Non-Core Assets
	 

	 	Schedule 1.01(d)
	 	Sale/Leaseback Properties
	 

	 	Schedule 1.01(e)
	 	Subsidiary Guarantors

 

iv

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Schedule 1.01(f)
	 	Permitted Pre-petition Claim Payments
	 

	 	Schedule 2.01
	 	Lenders and New Money Commitments
	 

	 	Schedule 3.08
	 	Subsidiaries
	 

	 	Schedule 3.09
	 	Litigation
	 

	 	Schedule 3.17
	 	Environmental Matters
	 

	 	Schedule 3.18
	 	Insurance
	 

	 	Schedule 3.20(a)
	 	Owned Real Property
	 

	 	Schedule 3.20(b)
	 	Leased Real Property
	 

	 	Schedule 3.22
	 	Deposit Accounts; Control Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements;
Blocked Accounts
	 

	 	Schedule 4.02(i)
	 	Material Adverse Effect
	 

	 	Schedule 5.12(j)
	 	DDAs
	 

	 	Schedule 6.01
	 	Existing Indebtedness
	 

	 	Schedule 6.02
	 	Existing Liens
	 

	 	Schedule 6.04
	 	Existing Investments
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Exhibit A
	 	Form of Administrative Questionnaire
	 

	 	Exhibit B
	 	Form of Assignment and Acceptance
	 

	 	Exhibit C
	 	Form of Borrowing Request
	 

	 	Exhibit D
	 	Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
	 

	 	Exhibit E
	 	Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Loan Parties
	 

	 	Exhibit F
	 	Form of Adequate Protection
Stipulation and Cash Collateral Order
	 

	 	Exhibit G
	 	Form of Cash Management Order
	 

	 	Exhibit H
	 	Form of Interim Order
	 

	 	Exhibit I
	 	Form of Rollover Notice

 

 

     SECURED SUPER-PRIORITY DEBTOR IN POSSESSION CREDIT AGREEMENT (this
“Agreement”) dated as of January 22, 2008, among BUFFETS, INC., a
Minnesota corporation, a debtor and debtor in possession under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (as defined below) (the “Borrower”), BUFFETS
HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), as a debtor and a
debtor in possession under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Lenders
(as defined in Article I) and CREDIT SUISSE, as administrative agent (in
such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and as collateral agent (in
such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Lenders, and Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC as syndication agent (in such capacity, the
“Syndication Agent”) and as documentation agent (in such capacity, the
“Documentation Agent”).

     WHEREAS, on January 22, 2008, (the “Petition Date”), the Borrower and Holdings and certain of
their subsidiaries each filed a voluntary petition for relief (collectively, the “Bankruptcy
Cases”) under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”);

     WHEREAS, the Borrower and Holdings and certain of their subsidiaries are continuing to operate
their respective businesses and manage their respective properties as debtors in possession under
Sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code;

     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a secured super-priority credit
facility of up to $385,000,000 in order to fund the continued operation of the Borrower’s,
Holdings’s and those certain subsidiaries’ businesses as debtors and debtors in possession under
the Bankruptcy Code;

     WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make available to the Borrower such post-petition loans
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained
herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

          SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings specified below:

          “Adequate Protection” shall mean that the adequate protection ordered by the Bankruptcy Court
pursuant to Sections 361, 362, 363 and 364 of the Bankruptcy Code providing for, in respect of the
lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement, among other things, (a) liens on the Collateral that are immediately junior to the liens securing
the Obligations; (b) claims under Section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent of

 

2

any
shortfall of adequate protection; (c) all-cash payments of interest under the Existing Credit
Agreement on a monthly basis at the LIBO Rate (which shall at no time, be (a) less than 4.0% or (b)
greater than 5.0%) plus 7.25%; (d) the establishment of the Rollover Facility hereunder; (e)
replacement liens; and (f) current payment of fees, if any, that accrue after the Petition Date
under the Existing Credit Agreement; all as in the Orders (which will include payment of the
professional fees of Blackstone, Latham & Watkins LLP and Ropes & Gray LLP) as set forth in the
Interim Order and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

          “Adjusted LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Borrowing for any Interest Period, an
interest rate per annum equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest
Period and (b) Statutory Reserves.

          “Administrative Agent Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

          “Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of
Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

          “Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is
under common Control with the person specified; provided, however, that, for purposes of
Section 6.07, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any person that directly or indirectly owns
10% or more of any class of Equity Interests of the person specified or that is an officer or
director of the person specified.

          “Agent Account” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(c).

          “Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

          “Applicable Percentage” shall mean 7.25%.

          “Asset Sale” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger, casualty,
condemnation or otherwise) by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to any person other
than the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of (a) any Equity Interests of any of the
Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares) or (b) any other assets of Holdings, the
Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (other than inventory disposed of in the ordinary course of
business) or (c) whether in one transaction or a series of transactions, substantially all of the
assets of one or more of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, including any
inventory.

          “Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender
and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and
accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the

 

3

form of Exhibit B or such other form as
shall be reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

          “Bankruptcy Cases” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

          “Bankruptcy Code” shall mean title 11, United States Code, as amended from time to time.

          “Bankruptcy Court” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this
Agreement; provided, however, that “Bankruptcy Court” shall also mean any other court of competent
jurisdiction over the Bankruptcy Cases.

          “Blackstone” shall mean Blackstone Advisory Services, L.P.

          “Blocked Accounts” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b).

          “Blocked Account Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b).

          “Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States
of America.

          “Borrowing” shall mean Loans of the same Class made or continued on the same date and as to
which a single Interest Period is in effect.

          “Borrowing Request” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of
Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be reasonably
approved by the Administrative Agent.

          “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New
York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that the term “Business
Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the
London interbank market.

          “Calendar Maturity” shall mean January 22, 2009; provided, however, that (a) such date shall
be automatically extended by six months if, on the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, the
aggregate principal amount of New Money Loans outstanding on such date is less than or equal to
$50.0 million ($40.0 million, to the extent Holdings and its Subsidiaries receive in the aggregate
$10.0 million or more in consideration from Asset Sales consummated during the twelve-month period
commencing on the Closing Date) or (b) if the Maturity Date extension described in
clause (a) does not occur, the Maturity Date may nonetheless be extended by six months with
the consent of the Required Lenders.

          “Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any period and with respect to any person, all
expenditures for the acquisition or leasing of fixed or capital assets or

 

4

additions to equipment
during such period by such person that would be classified as capital expenditures in accordance
with GAAP, but excluding any such expenditure made (a) to restore, replace or rebuild property to
the condition of such property immediately prior to any damage, loss, destruction or condemnation
of such property, to the extent such expenditure is made with insurance proceeds, condemnation
awards or indemnification or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss,
destruction or condemnation or (b) with proceeds from the sale or exchange of property to the
extent utilized to purchase functionally equivalent property or equipment.

          “Capital Lease Obligations” of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay
rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or
personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of
such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any obligations under any Sale and Leaseback (including the
Sale/Leaseback Transaction) in existence on the Closing Date shall not constitute Capital Lease
Obligations hereunder (and if, after the Closing Date, any such obligations shall be
recharacterized as Capital Lease Obligations under GAAP, they shall nevertheless continue to be
treated as operating expenses for purposes of this Agreement).

          “Carve-Out” shall mean (i) the unpaid fees due and payable to the Clerk of the Court and the
Office of the United States Trustee pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930; (ii) the accrued and unpaid fees
and expenses incurred by professionals retained pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court until
the earlier of (x) the occurrence of an Event of Default, provided that professional fees and
expenses incurred after an Event of Default which is waived or cured shall also be included in the
Carve-Out (so long as an unwaived or uncured Event of Default has not occurred and is not
continuing) or (y) the conversion of the Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code,
provided that such fees and expenses incurred pursuant to either (ii)(x) or (ii)(y) must be
approved by the Bankruptcy Court; and (iii) the accrued and unpaid fees and expenses incurred by
professionals retained pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court upon and after the occurrence
of an Event of Default and during the continuance of such an Event of Default which is not waived
or cured, or upon and after the conversion of the Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy
Code, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000 plus any allowed fees and expenses reasonably
incurred by professionals retained pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court solely in
connection with responding to requests a chapter 7 trustee appointed by order of the Bankruptcy
Court for the Cases makes of such professionals for transmittal of documents in their possession.
In no event shall any of the Carve-Out be used to pay any fees or expenses of any person retained
in a chapter 7 case under sections 326, 327 or 328 of the Bankruptcy Code).

          “Cash Flow Forecasts” collectively shall mean the 16-week Cash Flow Forecasts prepared each
week by the Borrower in form and with detail substantially similar to the 16-week Cash Flow
Forecast delivered to the Administrative Agent on January 2, 2008, which shall reflect the
Borrower’s good faith projection of all cash

 

5

receipts and disbursements in connection with the
operation of its business in the 16-week period beginning on the date of delivery of such Cash Flow
Forecast.

          “Cash Management Order” shall mean that certain order issued by the Bankruptcy Court in
substantially the form of Exhibit F (Form of Cash Management Order) and otherwise in form and
substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

          “Change in Law” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the Closing
Date, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof
by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for
purposes of Section 2.14, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company,
if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any
Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date.

          “claims” shall mean claims, actions, causes of action, suits, debts, accounts, interests,
liens, promises, warranties, damages and consequential damages, demands, agreements, bonds, bills,
specialties, covenants, controversies, variances, trespasses, judgments, executions, costs,
expenses or any other claims whatsoever (including, without limitation, crossclaims, counterclaims,
rights of set-off and recoupment).

          “Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the
Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Interim Date Loans, Delayed Draw Loans, New Money Loans or
Rollover Loans and, when used in reference to any New Money Commitment, refers to whether such New
Money Commitment is an Interim Date Loan Commitment or a Delayed Draw Commitment.

          “Closing Date” shall mean January 22, 2008.

          “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

          “Collateral” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Security Document and shall
also include any Mortgaged Properties.

          “Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

          “Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).

          “Consolidated EBITDA”, of any person for any period, shall mean Consolidated Net Income from
continuing operations of such person and its subsidiaries for such period plus, without duplication
and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such
period, (a) the sum of (i) income tax expense, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense of such person
and its subsidiaries,

 

6

amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs and
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including, in the
case of the Borrower, the Loans and the loans and letters of credit outstanding under the Existing
Credit Agreement and including, without limitation, “Forbearance Fees” as defined in that certain
Forbearance Agreement and second amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement, dated as of January 7,
2008 among the Borrower, certain lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement and the other parties
party thereto, the amortization of any fees payable, on or before the date of the initial funding
hereunder, in connection with the consummation of this Agreement and such initial funding
hereunder, or interest, default interest of any kind, accelerated interest or interest paid
in-kind), (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) amortization of intangibles (including
goodwill) and organization costs, (v) losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of
business, (vi) the amount of any reserves for class action lawsuits, but only to the extent that
such amounts have not been paid in cash during such period and provided, that, for purposes of this
subclause (vi) of this clause (a), any such reserves shall be subsequently treated as cash charges
or losses in any subsequent period during which cash disbursements attributable thereto are made,
(vii) any non-recurring cash or non-cash expenses related to a financial restructuring or the
Bankruptcy Cases (including but not limited to legal, consulting and advisory fees), (viii) any
expenses related to restaurants closed prior to January 7, 2008 and any expenses related to lease
termination costs including reserves for remaining lease obligation costs and associated non-lease
expenses with respect to future restaurant closures subject to a closure plan approved by the
Bankruptcy Court or otherwise approved by the Required Lenders where such approval will not be
unreasonably withheld, (ix) any other non-cash charges (other than the writedown of current
assets), (x) non-cash management fees and expenses, (xi) business interruption insurance proceeds
to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, (xii) fees and expenses paid in connection
with the Transactions and the “Transactions” as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement as in
effect on the date hereof and (xiii) to the extent the related obligation is included as
Indebtedness under this Agreement, the amount of any earnout payments made during such period, and
minus, without duplication, to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income
for such period, (b) the sum of (i) any unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including,
whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net
Income for such period, gains on the sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business)
and (ii) any other non-cash income, all as determined on a consolidated basis.

          “Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, for any person for any period, the total cash
interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and
“Synthetic Lease Obligations” under, and as defined in, the Existing Credit Agreement) of such
person and its subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP. For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense of any person shall be determined after giving effect to any
net payments made or received by such person with respect to interest rate Hedging Agreements.

 

7

          “Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any person for any period, the net income or loss
before cumulative effect in change of accounting of such person and its subsidiaries for such
period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be
excluded (a) the income of any subsidiary of such person to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by such subsidiary of that income is not at the time
permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree,
statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such subsidiary, (b) the income or loss of
any person accrued prior to the date it becomes a subsidiary of such person or is merged into or
consolidated with such person or any subsidiary thereof or the date that such person’s assets are
acquired by such person or any subsidiary thereof and (c) the income or loss of any person (other
than a Subsidiary Guarantor) in which any other person (other than the Borrower, a Subsidiary
Guarantor, a wholly owned Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with
applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
distributions actually paid to the Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary by such person during such
period.

          “Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have
meanings correlative thereto.

          “Credit Card Notification” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b).

          “Credit Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.

          “DDA Notification” shall have the meaning assign to such term in Section 5.12(b).

          “DDAs” shall mean any checking or other demand deposit account maintained by the Loan Parties.

          “Default” shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would
constitute an Event of Default.

          “Delayed Draw Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such
Lender to make Delayed Draw Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and
Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Delayed Draw Commitment, as applicable, as the
same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased
from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The total amount of
the Delayed Draw Commitments is $85,000,000 minus the Interim Funding Amount.

          “Delayed Draw Commitment Period” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to
the Delayed Draw Termination Date.

 

8

          “Delayed Draw Funding Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b).

          “Delayed Draw Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b).

          “Delayed Draw Termination Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) the date the Delayed
Draw Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.1(b) and (ii) April 30,
2008.

          “dollars” or “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

          “Documentation Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

          “Domestic Subsidiaries” shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or organized under the laws
of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

          “Entry Date” shall mean the date of the entry of the Final Order.

          “Environmental Laws” shall mean all former, current and future Federal, state, local and
foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees,
judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to
protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release
of, or exposure to, any toxic or hazardous materials, wastes or materials, or the generation,
manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling
of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, any toxic or hazardous materials,
wastes or materials.

          “Environmental Liability” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims,
actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including
administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent
or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental
Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any
Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release of any Hazardous
Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which
liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

          “Equity Interests” shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership
interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests
in any person, or any obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or giving any person a
right, option or warrant to acquire such equity interests or such convertible or exchangeable
obligations.

 

9

          “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be
amended from time to time.

          “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that,
together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the
Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a
single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

          “ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or
the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day
notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding
deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived;
(c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application
for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the
Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to
the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its
ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its
ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to
terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the adoption of any
amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of
the Code or Section 307 of ERISA; (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any of its ERISA
Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that
a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning
of Title IV of ERISA; or (h) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” with respect to which
Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of
Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which Holdings, the Borrower or any such Subsidiary
could otherwise be liable.

          “Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or
the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the
Adjusted LIBO Rate.

          “Event of Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

          “Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other
recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured
by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which
such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any
Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by
the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the
Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender

 

10

(other than an assignee pursuant to a
request by the Borrower under Section 2.21(a)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts
payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement
(or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply
with Section 2.20(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was
entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional
amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a).

          “Existing Credit Agreement” shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2006, as
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders named
therein and Credit Suisse, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

          “Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on
overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal
funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the
quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three
Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

          “Fee Letter” shall mean the Fee Letter dated as of January 22, 2008, among the Borrower,
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Credit Suisse and the Lenders.

          “Fees” shall mean the Commitment Fees and the Administrative Agent Fees.

          “Final Budget” shall mean the Final DIP Budget for the period commencing on the Closing Date
and ending on the date that is 18 months after the Closing Date, as provided by the Borrower and
approved by the Required Lenders, and consisting of monthly financial and operating projections.

          “Final Order” shall mean an order of the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Section 364 of the
Bankruptcy Code, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required
Lenders, approving this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, authorizing the incurrence by the
Loan Parties of permanent post-petition secured and super-priority Indebtedness in accordance with
this Agreement, as to which no stay has been entered and that has not been reversed, modified,
vacated or overturned.

          “Financial Officer” of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting
officer, Treasurer or Controller of such person.

 

11

          “First Day Orders” shall mean the Cash Management Order, the Interim Order and all other
orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court on the Petition Date or within five Business Days of the
Petition Date or based on motions filed on the Petition Date.

          “Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United
States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a
single jurisdiction.

          “Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

          “Funded Debt” shall mean, at any time, the Total Debt at such time less cash and Permitted
Investments of the Borrower and the Domestic Subsidiaries at such time in an aggregate amount not
to exceed $30,000,000.

          “GAAP” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a
consistent basis.

          “Governmental Authority” shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental
agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

          “Granting Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

          “Guarantee” of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such
person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other
person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any
obligation of such person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds
for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for
the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness, (b) to purchase or lease
property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the
payment of such Indebtedness or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other
financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary
obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

          “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement,
substantially in the form of Exhibit D, among the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiaries party
thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

          “Guarantors” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

 

12

          “Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other
hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated
biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical,
material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any
Environmental Law.

          “Hedging Agreement” shall mean any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency
exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange
rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

          “Inactive Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) does not conduct any
business operations, (b) has assets with a total book value not in excess of $10,000 and (c) does
not have any Indebtedness outstanding.

          “Indebtedness” of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such
person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes
or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title
retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations
of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding
trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business),
(e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an
existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired
by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all
Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations and
Synthetic Lease Obligations of such person, (h) all obligations of such person as an account party
in respect of letters of credit and (i) all obligations of such person as an account party in
respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of
any partnership in which such person is a general partner, except to the extent that, by its terms,
such Indebtedness is nonrecourse to such person.

          “Indemnified Taxes” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

          “Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement.

          “Interest Payment Date” shall mean the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the
Borrowing of which such Loan is a part, the Maturity Date and, in addition, the date of any
prepayment of a Borrowing.

          “Interest Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on
the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last
day) in the calendar month that is one month thereafter; provided, however, that if the Interest
Period for any Borrowing would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall
be extended to the succeeding Business Day unless, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in
the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business
Day.

 

13

Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but
excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing
initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective
date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

          “Interim Budget” shall mean the Cash Flow Forecast for the period commencing on the Closing
Date and ending on the date that is 13 weeks after the Closing Date, as provided by the Borrower
and acceptable to the Required Lenders.

          “Interim Date Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such
Lender to make Interim Date Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01(a), or in the Assignment
and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Interim Date Loan Commitment, as
applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b)
reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04. The total amount of the Interim Date Loan Commitments is $30,000,000.

          “Interim Date Loan Termination Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) the date the
Interim Date Loan Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.01 and (ii) the
date that is five days after the Closing Date.

          “Interim Date Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(a).

          “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean the lesser of (a) $30,000,000 and (b) the maximum amount
approved by the Bankruptcy Court in the Interim Order to be made available to the Borrower prior to
the Entry Date as part of the New Money Facility.

          “Interim Order” shall mean that certain order issued by the Bankruptcy Court in substantially
the form of Exhibit G (Form of Interim Order).

          “Lenders” shall mean (a) the persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such person that
has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) and (b) any person that
has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

          “Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of Funded Debt on such date to
Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most
recently ended as of such date.

          “LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per
annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the date
that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the
British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in dollars (as set forth by the
Bloomberg

 

14

Information Service or any successor thereto or any other service selected by the
Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an
authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such
Interest Period; provided that, (a) to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate
per annum reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per
annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in
the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00
a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest
Period and (b) notwithstanding the foregoing, at no time shall the LIBO Rate be (i) less than 4.00%
or (ii) greater than 5.00%.

          “Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge,
encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a
lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any
financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to
such asset.

          “Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the promissory notes, if any, executed and
delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) and the Security Documents.

          “Loan Parties” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

          “Loans” shall mean the New Money Loans and the Rollover Loans.

          “Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

          “Master Land and Building Leases” shall mean each Master Land and Building Lease listed on
Schedule 1.01(b).

          “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, assets,
operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, taken
as a whole, to perform any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document to which any
such person is or will be a party or (c) a material impairment of the rights of or benefits
available to the Lenders under any Loan Document; provided, however, that the filing of the
Bankruptcy Cases and the consequences that customarily result from reorganization under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code shall not be considered in determining whether there has been a “Material
Adverse Effect.”

          “Material Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in
respect of one or more “Hedging Agreements” as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, of any one
or more of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding
$10,000,000. For purposes of determining

 

15

Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the
obligations of Holdings, the
Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any “Hedging Agreement” as defined in the Existing
Credit Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting
agreements) that Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such
“Hedging Agreement” were terminated at such time.

          “Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier of (a) the effective date of any confirmed Plan of
Reorganization and (b) the Calendar Maturity.

          “Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

          “Mortgaged Properties” shall mean the owned or leased real properties of the Loan Parties and
improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.09.

          “Mortgages” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust, leasehold mortgages, assignments of
leases and rents, modifications and other security documents delivered pursuant to Section 5.09,
each in a form as the Required Lenders shall approve.

          “Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA.

          “Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the cash proceeds
(including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of noncash
consideration initially received but excluding rent received from any sublessee in connection with
a sublease by a Loan Party of any leasehold interest), net of (i) selling expenses (including
reasonable broker’s fees or commissions, legal fees, transfer and similar taxes and the Borrower’s
good faith estimate of taxes paid or payable in connection with such sale), (ii) amounts provided
as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification
obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale (provided that, to the
extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall
constitute Net Cash Proceeds), (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and
other amounts on any Indebtedness for borrowed money which is secured by the asset sold in such
Asset Sale and which is repaid with such proceeds and (iv) an amount, not to exceed $40,000 per
location, to cover costs incurred by the Loan Parties in connection with the closure of any owned
or leased property, as reasonably estimated by the Borrower in good faith; provided, however, that
(A) with respect solely to Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale comprising a casualty or
condemnation disposition, if (x) the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Financial Officer to
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders substantially at the time of receipt thereof setting forth
the Borrower’s intent to reinvest such proceeds in productive assets of a kind then used or usable
in the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries within 270 days of receipt of such proceeds
and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing at the time of
such certificate or at the proposed time of the application of such proceeds, such proceeds shall
not constitute Net Cash Proceeds except to the extent not so used or contractually committed to be
used at the end of such 270-day period, at which time such proceeds

 

16

shall be deemed to be Net Cash
Proceeds and (b) with respect to any issuance or
disposition of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and customary fees,
commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

          “New Money Commitment” shall mean each Interim Date Loan Commitment and each Delayed Draw
Commitment.

          “New Money Facility” shall mean the credit facilities comprising the New Money Loans made to
the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.01 and 2.02(a).

          “New Money Loan” shall mean each Interim Date Loan and each Delayed Draw Loan.

          “New Senior Note Indenture” shall mean the indenture dated as of November 1, 2006, among the
Borrower, Holdings, certain of the Subsidiary Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as the
senior note indenture trustee, as amended from time to time in accordance with the requirements
thereof and of this Agreement.

          “New Senior Notes” shall mean the Borrower’s 121/2% Senior Notes due 2014, issued pursuant to
the New Senior Note Indenture and any notes issued by the Borrower in exchange for, and as
contemplated by, the New Senior Note Indenture with substantially identical terms as the New Senior
Notes.

          “Non-Core Assets” shall mean the assets listed on Schedule 1.01(c).

          “Obligations” shall mean all obligations defined as “Obligations” in the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents.

          “Orders” shall mean the Interim Order or the Final Order, as applicable.

          “Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other
excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan
Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan
Document.

          “PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

          “Perfection Certificate” shall mean the Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

          “Permitted Investments” shall mean:

          (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are
unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent
such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each
case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

17

          (b) investments in commercial paper maturing within six months from the date of acquisition
thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or
from Moody’s;

          (c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing
within six months from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and
money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office
of any Lender or any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or
any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than
$500,000,000;

          (d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for
securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying
the criteria of clause (c) above;

          (e) investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of
the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;

          (f) investments in municipal securities maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a rating of at least AA by S&P or at least Aa by
Moody’s; and

          (g) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal
investment practices for cash management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing.

          “Permitted Investors” shall mean (a) Caxton–Iseman Investments L.P., Caxton-Iseman Capital,
Inc., Caxton Associates, LLC, Sentinel Capital Partners, II, L.P., Frederick J. Iseman, Robert M.
Rosenberg, Steven M. Lefkowitz, Robert A. Ferris, Roe H. Hatlen and David S. Lobel and any other
person who is a Controlled Affiliate of any of the foregoing and any member of senior management of
Holdings or the Borrower on the Closing Date and (b) any Related Party of any of the foregoing.

          “Permitted Pre-petition Claim Payment” shall mean a payment (as adequate protection or
otherwise) on account of any claim set forth on Schedule 1.01(f) or approved by the Required
Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) arising or deemed to have arisen prior to
the Petition Date; provided, however, that no such payment shall be made after the occurrence and
during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default.

          “person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture,
association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other
entity.

          “Petition Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this
Agreement.

 

18

          “Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject
to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, and in
respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would
under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

          “Plan of Reorganization” shall mean that certain plan of reorganization to be filed with the
Bankruptcy Court in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the
Required Lenders, and with such amendments as may be approved by the Administrative Agent and the
Required Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that
notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Plan of Reorganization (or any
amendments or modifications thereto) shall provide for the payment in full in cash of either (a)
all outstanding Loans on the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization or (b) all outstanding
New Money Loans, but not all outstanding Rollover Loans, on the effective date of the Plan of
Reorganization; provided that in the case of this clause (b) such Plan of Reorganization is
consented to by Lenders holding not less than two-thirds of the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of Rollover Loans in accordance with Section 9.08(d).

          “Pre-petition Liens” shall have the meaning specified in the Orders.

          “Pro Forma Basis” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder,
compliance with such covenant or test after giving effect to any proposed incurrence of
Indebtedness, Tahoe Joe’s Distribution, Tahoe Joe’s Sale or other Asset Sale (including pro forma
adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to the proposed transaction, are
factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case which adjustments
(a) are based on reasonably detailed written assumptions reasonably acceptable to the Required
Lenders and (b) are certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as having been prepared in
good faith based upon reasonable assumptions) using, for purposes of determining such compliance,
the historical financial statements of all entities or assets so sold or to be sold and the
consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated
as if such transaction, and any other such transactions that have been consummated during the
period had been consummated and incurred at the beginning of such period.

          “Pro Rata Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time of determination, (a)
with respect to New Money Loans, the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
New Money Loans held by all Lenders at such time represented by such Lender’s outstanding New Money
Loans at such time, (b) with respect to Rollover Loans, the percentage of the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Rollover Loans held by all Lenders at such time represented by such Lender’s
outstanding Rollover Loans at such time; provided, however, that solely for purposes of allocating
the Rollover Loans to any Lender submitting a Rollover Notice pursuant to Section 2.02(e), “Pro
Rata Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of obligations under
the Existing Credit Agreement held by all Lenders submitting a Rollover Notice and outstanding on
the Entry Date represented

 

19

by the obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement held by such Lender on such date and
(c) with respect to New Money Commitments, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding New Money
Commitments of all Lenders at such time represented by such Lender’s outstanding New Money
Commitment at such time.

          “Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d).

          “Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all
official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

          “Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all
official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

          “Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all
official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

          “Related Fund” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank
loans, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is advised or managed by the same investment
advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

          “Related Lender Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person’s
Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person
and such person’s Affiliates.

          “Related Party” shall mean (a) any Controlling stockholder, Controlling member, general
partner, majority owned subsidiary, or spouse or immediate family member (in the case of an
individual) of any Permitted Investor, (b) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other
entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or persons holding a Controlling interest
of which consist solely of one or more Permitted Investors and/or such other persons referred to in
the immediately preceding clause (a) or (c) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director
or other similar fiduciary of any person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (b) acting
solely in such capacity.

          “Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring,
deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or
within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

          “Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders (other than Permitted Investors) having
New Money Loans and unused New Money Commitments representing greater than 50% of the sum of the
outstanding New Money Loans and unused New Money Commitments of all Lenders (other than Permitted
Investors) at such time, provided that with respect to Lenders becoming Lenders after the Closing
Date, no such Lender owning, directly or indirectly, any interest in the New Senior Notes (as set
forth in paragraph 2 of the related Assignment and Acceptance agreement of such

 

20

Lender) shall be entitled to vote on any matter requiring the approval of the Required
Lenders, and such Lender’s New Money Loans and New Money Commitment shall be excluded from the
computations set forth above.

          “Requirement of Law” means, with respect to any Person, the common law and all federal, state,
local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, decrees and other legal requirements
or determinations of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, applicable to or binding upon such
Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

          “Requisite Priority” shall mean the following (a) with respect to the Borrower and each
Guarantor filing a Bankruptcy Case, subject to the Carve-Out (provided that such exceptions set
forth in the definition of “Carve-Out” shall only apply upon the actual expenditure of such amounts
in accordance therewith and, at all times prior to such expenditures, such amounts shall be subject
to clauses (i) and (ii) below):

          (i) pursuant to Bankruptcy Code §364(c)(2), a first priority, perfected Lien upon each Loan
Party’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral that is not otherwise encumbered
by a valid perfected security interest or lien on the Petition Date; and

          (ii) pursuant to Bankruptcy Code §364(d)(1), a first priority, senior, priming, perfected Lien
upon all of each Loan Party’s right, title and interest in, to and under the “Collateral” under the
Existing Credit Agreement; and

          (b) with respect to any other Loan Party, a valid, perfected first priority lien and security
interest, subject only to Liens permitted under Section 6.2.

          “Responsible Officer” of any person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of
such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of
the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.

          “Restricted Indebtedness” shall mean the New Senior Notes and any other Indebtedness of
Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the payment, prepayment, repurchase or defeasance of
which is restricted under Section 6.09(b).

          “Restricted Payment” shall mean any dividend, interest or other distribution (whether in cash,
securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking
fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition,
cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or
any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower
or any Subsidiary.

 

21

          “Rollover Facility” shall mean the credit facility evidenced by the Rollover Loans.

          “Rollover Loans” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.02(e).

          “Rollover Notice” means a notice of rollover of obligations under the Existing Credit
Agreement to Rollover Loans in the form of Exhibit I.

          “S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

          “Sale and Leaseback” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

          “Sale/Leaseback Documents” shall mean (a) each Master Land and Building Lease, (b) the
Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of November 1, 2006, among Fire Mountain Restaurants, LLC,
Ryan’s Restaurant Group, Inc., HomeTown Buffet, Inc., OCB Restaurant Company, LLC, FIGRYANF LLC,
FIGRYANH LLC, FIGRYANH-1 LLC, FIGRYANH-2 LLC, FIGRYANH-3 LLC, FIGRYANH-4 LLC, FIGRYANH-5 LLC,
FIGRYANH-6 LLC, FIGRYANH-7 LLC, FIGRYANH-8 LLC, FIGRYANH-9 LLC, FIGRYANH-10 LLC, FIGRYANH-11 LLC,
FIGRYANH-12 LLC, FIGRYANH-13 LLC, FIGRYANH-14 LLC, FIGRYANH-15 LLC and FIGRYANH-16 LLC and (c) all
purchase and sale agreements, individual lease agreements, guarantee agreements, subordination and
non-disturbance agreements and other material agreements and documents related thereto or executed
in connection therewith, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.

          “Sale/Leaseback Properties” shall mean the owned real properties listed on Schedule 1.01(d).

      
    “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” shall mean the Sale and Leaseback of the Sale/Leaseback
Properties pursuant to the Sale/Leaseback Documents.

          “Secured Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement.

          “Security Documents” shall mean the Mortgages, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each
of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered
pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.09.

          “SPC” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

          “Statutory Reserves” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is
the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum
reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed
as a decimal established by the

 

22

Board for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve
percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be
deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements
without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time
to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically
on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

          “subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any
corporation, partnership, association or other business entity of which securities or other
ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary
voting power are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by the
parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of
the parent.

          “Subsidiary” shall mean any subsidiary of the Borrower.

          “Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01(e), and each other
Subsidiary that is or becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

          “Syndication Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

          “Synthetic Lease” shall mean, as to any person, any lease (including leases that may be
terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is
accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or
obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any
such lease under which such person is the lessor.

          “Synthetic Lease Obligations” shall mean, as to any person, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are
attributable to principal and, without duplication, (b) the amount of any purchase price payment
under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property
at the end of the lease term.

          “Synthetic Purchase Agreement” shall mean any swap, derivative or other agreement or
combination of agreements pursuant to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or may
become obligated to make (a) any payment in connection with a purchase by any third party from a
person other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Equity Interest or Restricted
Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or a Subsidiary or (b) any payment (other than on account of
a permitted purchase by it of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness) the amount of which
is determined by reference to the price or value at any time of any Equity Interest or Restricted
Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or a Subsidiary; provided that no phantom stock or similar
plan providing for payments only to current or former directors,

 

23

officers, consultants or employees of Holdings, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (or to their
heirs or estates) shall be deemed to be a Synthetic Purchase Agreement.

          “Tahoe Joe’s” shall mean Tahoe Joe’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

          “Tahoe Joe’s Distribution” shall mean the dividend or distribution by the Borrower to Holdings
of all the Equity Interests of Tahoe Joe’s.

          “Tahoe Joe’s Sale” shall mean the sale or other disposition by the Borrower of all the Equity
Interests or all or substantially all the assets of Tahoe Joe’s.

          “Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions,
charges, liabilities or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

          “Tax Payments” shall mean payments in cash in respect of Federal, state, local and foreign
income taxes and assessments, including all interests, penalties and additions imposed with respect
to such amounts, paid or payable by or on behalf of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

          “Total Debt” shall mean, at any time, the total Indebtedness of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries at such time (excluding Indebtedness of the type described in clause (h) of the
definition of such term, except to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings).

          “Transactions” shall mean, collectively, (a) the filing of the Bankruptcy Cases, (b) the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, (c) the borrowing of the Interim Date Loans and
establishment of the Delayed Draw Commitments hereunder and (d) the payment of related fees and
expenses.

          “U.S. Trustee” means the U.S. Trustee for the District of Delaware.

          “Voluntary Prepayment” shall mean a prepayment of principal of Loans pursuant to Section 2.12
in any year to the extent that such prepayment reduces the principal due in respect of the Loans on
the Maturity Date.

          “wholly owned Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which
securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100%
of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held
by such person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or
more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person.

          “Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete
or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of
Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

24

          SECTION
1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the
terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding
masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be
deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to
have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be
construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible
assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. All references
herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and
Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise
require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any
document shall mean such document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Agreement and (b) all terms of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time
to time; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI or any related definition to eliminate
the effect of any change in GAAP occurring after the Closing Date on the operation of such covenant
(or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend
Article VI or any related definition for such purpose), then the Borrower’s compliance with such
covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change
in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a
manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders.

          SECTION 1.03. Pro Forma Calculations. With respect to any period during which any Asset Sale
individually or in the aggregate in excess of $5,000,000 occurs as permitted pursuant to the terms
hereof, the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Asset Sale on a
Pro Forma Basis.

          SECTION 1.04. Classification of Loans. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified
and referred to by Class (e.g., a “New Money Loans”).

ARTICLE II

The Credits

          SECTION
2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the
representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly,
(a) to make a loan to the Borrower on the date the Interim Order is issued by the Bankruptcy Court
(or, to the extent the Interim Order is issued after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the
immediately succeeding Business Day) in a principal amount not to exceed its Interim Date Loan
Commitment (such loans, individually, an “Interim Date Loan” and, collectively, the “Interim Date
Loans”) and (b) during the Delayed Draw Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, to make a loan to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed its Delayed Draw
Commitment (such loans, individually, a “Delayed Draw Loan” and, collectively, the “Delayed Draw

 

25

Loans”). The Borrower shall make a single borrowing on a single date under the Lenders’ collective
Delayed Draw Commitments during the Delayed Draw Commitment Period (the date of such borrowing, the
“Delayed Draw Funding Date”). Once funded, each Interim Date Loan and each Delayed Draw Loan shall
be a “New Money Loan” for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Entry Date of the Final Order, the aggregate principal
amount of New Money Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Interim Funding Amount, and
no New Money Loans shall be made in excess thereof.) Each Lender’s (a) Interim Date Loan
Commitment shall (i) reduce to zero immediately after the borrowing of Interim Date Loans pursuant
to this Section 2.01 and (ii) terminate immediately and without further action on the Interim Date
Loan Termination Date and (b) Delayed Draw Commitment shall (i) reduce to zero immediately after
the borrowing of Delayed Draw Loans pursuant to this Section 2.01 and (ii) terminate immediately
and without further action on the Delayed Draw Termination Date. Amounts paid or prepaid in
respect of Loans may not be reborrowed.

          SECTION
2.02.Loans. (a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made
by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable New Money Commitments; provided,
however, that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other
Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be
responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other
Lender). The Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is an
integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $2,500,000.

          (b) Each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of Eurodollar Loans. Each Lender may at its
option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such
Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation
of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

          (c) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof
by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the
Administrative Agent may designate not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, and the
Administrative Agent shall promptly transfer the amounts so received to an account designated by
the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date
because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so
received to the respective Lenders.

          (d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the
date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such
Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made
such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with
paragraph (c) above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make
available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative

 

26

Agent shall
have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion
available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the
Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon,
for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount
is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate
applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender,
a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term
funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender shall repay
to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s
Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

          (e) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, (i) each Lender submitting a Rollover Notice
to the Administrative Agent on or before the date that is five Business Days after the Closing Date
severally agrees to exchange, on a dollar-for-dollar basis on the Entry Date, obligations owed to
such Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement for loans on the terms provided herein (each loan
received in the aforementioned exchanges, a “Rollover Loan”) and (ii) each Loan Party hereby agrees
to each such exchange and each such exchange is hereby deemed to be consummated on the Entry Date;
provided that, after giving effect to all such exchanges, the aggregate principal amount of
Rollover Loans outstanding on the Entry Date shall not exceed $300,000,000. To the extent Lenders
holding obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement in excess of $300,000,000 submit Rollover
Notices to the Administrative Agent, Rollover Loans in an aggregate principal amount of
$300,000,000 shall be deemed to be made by such Lenders in accordance with the provisions set forth
in clause (i) above and shall be allocated among such Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata
Percentage.

          SECTION
2.03. Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the
Administrative Agent of such request either in writing by delivery of a duly completed Borrowing
Request (by hand or facsimile) or by telephone not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time,
three Business Days (or, with respect to any Borrowing comprising Interim Date Loans, one hour)
before a proposed Borrowing (but only if the proposed Borrowing is to be consummated on or before
6:00 p.m. New York City time). A telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be
confirmed promptly by hand delivery or facsimile to the Administrative Agent of a duly completed
written Borrowing Request. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the
following information: (i) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (ii) the
number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed (which shall be an account
that complies with the requirements of Section 2.02(c)); and (iii) the amount of such Borrowing;
provided, however, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each
requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to
this Section 2.03 (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested
Borrowing.

 

]

27

          SECTION
2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally
promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the principal amount of
each Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.11.

          (b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts
evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such
Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such
Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

          (c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount
of each Loan made hereunder and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any
principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender
hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the
Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof.

          (d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above
shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded;
provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such
accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to
repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

          (e) Any Lender may request in writing that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a
promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory
note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably
acceptable to the Required Lenders and the Borrower. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests
represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such
interests pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the
payee named therein or its registered assigns.

          SECTION 2.05. Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last
Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year and on each date on which any New
Money Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated or mandatorily assigned as provided
herein (including Section 2.21), a commitment fee (a “Commitment Fee”) equal to 0.50% per annum on
the daily unused amount of the New Money Commitments of such Lender during the preceding quarter
(or other period ending with the Maturity Date or the date on which the New Money Commitment of
such Lender shall expire or be terminated or mandatorily assigned). All Commitment Fees shall be
computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. The Commitment
Fee due to each Lender shall commence to accrue on the Closing Date
and shall cease to accrue on the

 

28

date on which the New Money Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated or
mandatorily assigned as provided herein.

          (b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the
administration fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein
(the “Administrative Agent Fees”).

          (c) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the
Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders. Once paid, none
of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

          SECTION
2.06. Interest on Loans. (a) [Reserved].

          (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Borrowing shall bear
interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a
rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing
plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

          (c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable to the Administrative Agent on the Interest
Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The
applicable Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

          SECTION
2.07. Default Interest. If an Event of Default under this Agreement has occurred and is
continuing, the Borrower shall on demand from time to time pay interest, in all cases, at the rate
otherwise applicable to the New Money Loans pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2.00% per annum.

          SECTION
2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest
.. In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement
of any Interest Period for a Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have determined that dollar
deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally
available in the London interbank market, or that the rates at which such dollar deposits are being
offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to a majority in interest of the Lenders
making or maintaining such Eurodollar Loans during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means
do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as
practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such determination to the Borrower and the
Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised
the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist
(which the Administrative Agent agrees to do as soon as practicable after such circumstances cease
to exist), the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to all outstanding Loans shall be the Adjusted LIBO
Rate most recently determined to be in effect by the Administrative Agent. Each determination by
the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

29

          SECTION
2.09. Termination and Reduction of New Money Commitments. (a) The Interim Date Loan
Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Interim Date Loan Termination Date. The Delayed
Draw Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Delayed Draw Termination Date.

          (b)
Upon at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable written or fax notice to the
Administrative Agent, the Borrower may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to
time in part permanently reduce, the Interim Date Loan Commitments and/or the Delayed Draw
Commitments; provided, however, that each partial reduction of the Interim Date Loan Commitments
and/or the Delayed Draw Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000.

          (c)
Each reduction in the Interim Date Loan Commitments or the Delayed Draw Commitments
hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable
New Money Commitments. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the
applicable Lenders, on the date of each termination or reduction, the Commitment Fees on the amount
of the New Money Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such
termination or reduction.

          SECTION
2.10. Continuation of Borrowings. At the end of each Interest Period, each Borrowing
subject to such Interest Period shall automatically be continued as a Borrowing with an Interest
Period of one month’s duration.

          SECTION
2.11. Repayment of Borrowings. (a) To the extent not previously paid, all New Money Loans and all Rollover Loans shall be due
and payable on the Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount
to be paid to but excluding the date of payment. All such payments shall be applied first, pro
rata to all outstanding New Money Loans and, second, pro rata to all outstanding Rollover Loans.

     
     (b) All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall
otherwise be without premium or penalty.

    
      SECTION 2.12. Prepayment. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to
time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written
or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice), to the
Administrative Agent before 12:00 (noon), New York City time; provided, however, that each partial
prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than
$2,500,000.

          (b) Each notice of prepayment (i) shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount
of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid; provided that no Rollover Loans may be
prepaid until all New Money Loans have been (A) made hereunder and (B) repaid in full in cash by
the Borrower and (ii) shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Borrowing
by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein. All prepayments under this Section 2.12
shall be subject to

 

30

Section 2.16 but otherwise without premium or penalty. All prepayments of
Loans under this Section 2.12 shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the principal amount
being prepaid to the date of payment.

   
       SECTION 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments. (a) [Reserved].

      
    (b) Not later than the third Business Day following the completion of any Asset Sale
(including a Tahoe Joe’s Sale but excluding any sale of Non-Core Assets), the Borrower shall apply
100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received with respect thereto to prepay outstanding Loans in
accordance with Section 2.13(e); provided, however, that with respect solely to Net Cash Proceeds
of any Asset Sale of Non-Core Assets, to the extent such cash proceeds are less than $250,000 in
respect of an individual sale or series of related sales, such cash proceeds shall not be required
to be applied to prepay the Loans until the last day of the fiscal quarter in which such sale or
series of sales was consummated.

    
      (c) [Reserved].

    
      (d) In the event that any Loan Party or any subsidiary of a Loan Party shall receive Net Cash
Proceeds from the issuance or other disposition of Indebtedness for money borrowed of any Loan
Party or any subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than
Indebtedness for money borrowed as permitted pursuant to Section 6.01), the Borrower shall,
substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the third Business Day next
following) the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by such Loan Party or such subsidiary, apply an
amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding Loans in accordance with
Section 2.13(e).

    
      (e) All amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be applied to prepay
outstanding Loans. All such prepayments shall be applied first, pro rata to all outstanding New
Money Loans and, second, pro rata to all outstanding Rollover Loans.

     
     (f) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment
required under this Section 2.13, (i) a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower
setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment and (ii) to the
extent practicable, at least three days prior written notice of such prepayment. Each notice of
prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion
thereof) to be prepaid; provided, however, that, if at the time of any prepayment pursuant to this
Section 2.13 there shall be Borrowings with different Interest Periods, then the aggregate amount
of such mandatory prepayment shall be allocated ratably to each outstanding Borrowing. All
prepayments of Borrowings under this Section 2.13 shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall
otherwise be without premium or penalty.

     
     SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances. (a) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any
reserve, special deposit or similar requirement

 

31

against assets of, deposits with or for the account
of or credit extended by any Lender (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the
Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the London interbank market any other
condition affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender, and the result of any of the
foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or to
reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender (whether of principal, interest
or otherwise), in each case, by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then the Borrower
will pay to such Lender upon demand in accordance with paragraph (c) below such additional amount
or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

          (b) If any Lender shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has
or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital
of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by
such Lender pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding
company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s
policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an
amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time in accordance with paragraph
(c) below the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount
or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such
reduction suffered.

          (c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate
such Lender or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above,
together with supporting documentation or computations in each case in reasonable detail, shall be
delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay
such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after
its receipt of the same.

          (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs
or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not
constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower
shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) above with
respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120
days prior to such request if such Lender knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of
the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such
circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs
or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased
costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such
120-day period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender regardless of any
possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have
occurred or been imposed.

          SECTION 2.15. Priority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein express or implied, no
amounts shall be paid in respect of Rollover Loans (other

 

32

than payments of regularly scheduled interest so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing) unless and until all New Money Loans have been paid in full in cash,
whether upon maturity, acceleration, the dismissal of any of the Bankruptcy Cases, the conversion
of any of the Bankruptcy Cases to chapter 7 or otherwise.

          SECTION 2.16. Indemnity. The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense
(other than any loss of margin over funding cost or anticipated profit) that such Lender may
sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the
performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being
deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Loan prior to the end of the
Interest Period in effect therefor or (ii) any Loan to be made by such Lender not being made after
notice of such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to
in this clause (a) being called a “Breakage Event”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment
or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall
include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of
obtaining funds for the Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the
date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have
been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender
in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period.
A certificate of any Lender in reasonable detail with supporting calculations setting forth any
amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be
delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

          SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment. Except as provided in Section 2.13(e), each Borrowing, each
payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each
payment of the Commitment Fees, each reduction of the Interim Date Loan Commitments or the Delayed
Draw Commitments and each or continuation of any Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the
Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Pro Rata Percentage. Each Lender agrees
that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative
Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher
or lower whole dollar amount.

          SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs. (a) Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise
of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Loan Party,
or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or other security or
interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain
payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any of its New Money Loans and accrued interest
thereon as a result of which the unpaid portion of its New Money Loans and accrued interest thereon
shall be proportionately less than the unpaid portion of the New Money Loans and accrued interest
thereon of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have

 

33

purchased from such other
Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a
participation in the New Money Loans and accrued interest thereon of such other Lender, so that the
benefit of all such payments shall be shared by such Lenders ratably in accordance with the
aggregate amount of the principal of and accrued interest on their respective New Money Loans;
provided, however, that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to
this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase
or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase
price or prices or adjustment restored without interest. The Borrower expressly consents to the
foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the
foregoing arrangements may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim
with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully
as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

          (b) Subject to the payment application priority set forth in Section 2.13(e), each Lender
agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim
against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of
the Bankruptcy Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim,
received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or
otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any of
its Rollover Loans and accrued interest thereon as a result of which the unpaid portion of its
Rollover Loans and accrued interest thereon shall be proportionately less than the unpaid portion
of the Rollover Loans and accrued interest thereon of any other Lender, it shall be deemed
simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to
such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Rollover Loans and accrued
interest thereon of such other Lender, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by
such Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of the principal of and accrued
interest on their respective Rollover Loans; provided, however, that if any such purchase or
purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise
thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded
to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without
interest. The Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender
acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise any and all rights of
banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to
such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in
the amount of such participation.

          SECTION 2.19. Payments. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or
interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder, under any other Loan Document
and, to the extent payable to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, under the Orders, not later
than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due in immediately available dollars, without
setoff,

 

34

defense or counterclaim. Each such payment shall be made to the Administrative Agent at
its offices at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York.

          (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal
of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan
Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such
payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such
case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.

          (c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the
date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders
hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that
the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon
such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower does not
in fact make such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative
Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, and to pay interest thereon,
for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date
of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to
represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent
manifest error).

          SECTION 2.20. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower
or any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and
without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if any Indemnified Taxes
or Other Taxes are required to be deducted from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be
increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions
applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or such Lender
(as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such
deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall make (or cause to be made) such
deductions and (iii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall pay (or cause to be paid) the full
amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

          (b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental
Authority in accordance with applicable law.

          (c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days
after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by
the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by
or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan
Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to
amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising
therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes

 

35

were
correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as
to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the
Administrative Agent on its behalf or on behalf of a Lender (at such Lender’s request), shall be
conclusive absent manifest error.

          (d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the
Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent or the Lender, as applicable, the original or a certified copy of a receipt
issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such
payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or
the Lender, as applicable.

          (e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax
under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such
jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the
Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), on or prior to the Closing Date, or in the case
of a Lender that is an assignee or transferee of an interest under this Agreement pursuant to
Section 9.04 (unless the Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such assignment
or transfer), on the date of such assignment or transfer to such Lender, such accurate, properly
completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the
Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. In
addition, each Lender agrees that from time to time after the Closing Date, when a lapse in time or
change in circumstances renders the previous certification obsolete or inaccurate in any material
respect, it will deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent new accurate, properly
completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or as may be required in order to
confirm or establish the entitlement of such Lender to a continued exemption from or reduction in
United States withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement, or it shall
immediately notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its inability to deliver any such
documentation, in which case such Lender shall not be required to deliver any such documentation,
pursuant to this Section 2.20(e). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 2.20 but subject to Section 9.04 and the immediately succeeding sentence, (x) the Borrower
shall be entitled, to the extent it is required to do so by law, to deduct or withhold income or
similar taxes imposed by the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority
thereof or therein) from interest, fees or other amounts payable hereunder for the account of any
Lender which is a Foreign Lender to the extent that such Lender has not provided to the Borrower
accurate, properly completed and executed documentation that establishes a complete exemption from
such deduction or withholding (the “Exemption Documentation”) and (y) the Borrower shall not be
obligated pursuant to Section 2.20 to make any additional payments to a Lender pursuant to Section
2.20(a), 2.20(b) or 2.20(c), as the case may be, if such Lender has not provided to the Borrower
the Exemption Documentation required to be provided to the Borrower pursuant to this Section
2.20(e). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence or elsewhere
in this Section 2.20 and except as set

 

36

forth in Section 9.04, the Borrower agrees to pay additional
amounts and to indemnify each Lender in the manner set forth in Sections 2.20(a), 2.20(b) and
2.20(c) (without regard to the identity of the jurisdiction requiring the deduction or withholding)
in respect of any Taxes deducted or withheld by it as described in the immediately preceding
sentence as a result of any Change in Law relating to the deducting or withholding of such Taxes.

          (f) If the Borrower pays any additional amount under this Section 2.20 to a Lender and such
Lender determines in its sole discretion that it has actually received or realized in connection
therewith any refund or any reduction of, or credit against, its Tax liabilities in or with respect
to the taxable year in which the additional amount is paid, such Lender shall pay to the Borrower
an amount that the Lender shall, in its sole discretion, determine is equal to the net benefit,
after tax, which was obtained by the Lender in such year as a consequence of such refund, reduction
or credit.

          SECTION 2.21. Assignment of New Money Commitments and Loans Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to
Mitigate. (a) In the event (i) any Lender delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant
to Section 2.14, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any
Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20, (iii) any Lender
(including any Lender holding a Delayed Draw Commitment, in respect of such Delayed Draw
Commitment) refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document
requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the
Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required
Lenders or (iv) any Lender holding Rollover Loans refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or
other modification of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 9.08(d), and such amendment, waiver
or other modification is consented to by Lenders holding more than 50% of all Rollover Loans
outstanding as the date on which such consent is requested, the Borrower may, at its sole expense
and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section
9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to transfer
and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (or, in the case
of clause (iii) above, all of its interests, rights and obligations with respect to the Class of
Loans or New Money Commitments that is the subject of the related consent, amendment, waiver or
other modification) to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations (which assignee may
be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such assignment shall
not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority
having jurisdiction, (y) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, and (z) the Borrower or
such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender in immediately available funds an amount equal
to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding
Loans of such Lender plus all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender
hereunder (including any amounts under Section 2.14 and Section 2.16), in each case with respect to
the Loans or New Money

 

37

Commitments subject to such assignment; provided further that, if prior to
any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender’s claim
for compensation under Section 2.14 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may
be, cease to cause such Lender to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or
receivable or reduction in return on capital or cease to result in amounts being payable under
Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender pursuant
to paragraph (b) below), or if such Lender shall waive its right to claim further compensation
under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed
amendment, waiver, consent or other modification or shall waive its right to further payments under
Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment,
waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender shall not thereafter be
required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby grants to the
Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to
execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary
to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated
by this Section 2.21(a).

          (b) If (i) any Lender shall request compensation under Section 2.14 or (ii) the Borrower is
required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any
Lender, pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not
require such Lender to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take
any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer
any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document
reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and
transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such
filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or would reduce
amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future. The Borrower hereby
agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such
filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

          Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders that:

          SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Holdings, the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries (a) is
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
organization, (b) subject to the entry of the Orders and the First Day Orders, has all requisite
power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted
and as proposed to be conducted, (c) subject to the entry of the Orders, is qualified to do
business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required,
except where the failure so to qualify

 

38

could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect, (d) subject to the entry of the Orders, has the power and authority to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or
instrument contemplated hereby or thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the
Borrower, to borrow hereunder and (e) subject to the entry of the Orders and the First Day Orders
and other than as a result of the Bankruptcy Cases (including the operation of the automatic stay),
is in compliance with all applicable Requirements of Law, except where the failure to be in
compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.02. Authorization. Subject to the entry of the Orders, the filing of the Bankruptcy
Cases and the entry into the Transactions contemplated hereby (a) have been duly authorized by all
requisite corporate or other company and, if required, stockholder, action on the part of each Loan
Party and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any material provision of law, statute, rule or regulation,
or of the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, limited liability company agreements
or other constitutive documents of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (B) any applicable
order of any Governmental Authority or (C) other than the Existing Credit Agreement, the New Senior
Note Indenture and the Sale Leaseback Documents, and except with respect to the filing of the
Bankruptcy Cases, any provision of any indenture or any other material agreement or other
instrument to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or
any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or
constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any
right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under
any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than the Existing Credit Agreement, the
New Senior Note Indenture and the Sale Leaseback Documents) or (iii) result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter
acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than (i) any Lien created hereunder or
under the Security Documents and (ii) any Lien created pursuant to the New Senior Note Indenture).

          SECTION 3.03. Enforceability. Upon the entry of the Orders, this Agreement shall have been, and
each other Loan Document shall have been upon delivery thereof pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto. Subject to the entry of
the Orders, this Agreement is, and the other Loan Documents will be, a legal, valid and binding
obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and
general equitable principles.

          SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals. Subject to the entry of the Orders, no action, consent or
approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or
will be required in connection with the Transactions, except for (a) such as have been made or
obtained and are in full force and effect and (b)

 

39

such actions, consents, approvals, registrations
or filings, the failure of which to make or obtain could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements. (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i)
its consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash
flows as of and for the fiscal year ended on June 27, 2007 and June 28, 2006, audited by and
accompanied by the opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants and (ii) its
consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows
as of and for the fiscal quarters ended September 19, 2007. Such financial statements present
fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of
the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods. Such balance
sheets and the notes thereto disclose all material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof. Such financial statements were
prepared in accordance with GAAP (as applicable to interim financial statements, in the case of
such interim financial statements) applied on a consistent basis.

          (b) The projections set forth in the Interim Budget and the Final Budget have been prepared
by the Borrower in light of the past operations of its business, and reflect projections on a month
by month basis for the Fiscal Years ending in 2008 and 2009. Such projections are based upon
estimates and assumptions stated therein, all of which the Borrower believes to be reasonable and
fair in light of current conditions and current facts known to the Borrower and, as of the Closing
Date, reflect the Borrower’s good faith and reasonable estimates of the future financial
performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and of the other information projected therein for
the periods set forth therein.

          SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change. Since the Closing Date, no event, change or condition
has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases. (a) Other than as a result of the
Bankruptcy Cases, each of Holdings, the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries has good and
marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets
(including any Mortgaged Property), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with
its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets
for their intended purposes. Subject to the Orders, all such material properties and assets are
free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.

          (b) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries has complied with all
post-petition obligations under all leases to which it is a party and, except as provided in any
order of the Bankruptcy Court or with respect to any property listed on Schedule 1.01(c), all such
leases are in full force and effect except, in each case, for such noncompliance or such failures
to be in full force and effect that could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the
aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse

 

40

Effect. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and each of the
Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such material leases.

          SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all
Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership interest of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary
therein. The shares of Equity Interests so indicated on Schedule 3.08 are fully paid and
non-assessable and are owned by Holdings, the Borrower or one of the Subsidiaries, directly or
indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the “Loan Documents” under
and defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, the Liens created under the Security Documents and
the Orders).

          SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws. (a) Other than the Bankruptcy Cases and except
as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are not any actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity
or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the
Borrower, threatened against or affecting Holdings or the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any
business, property or rights of any such person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the
transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an
adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually
or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed
on Schedule 3.09 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased
the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.10. Agreements. Except for those defaults occurring solely as a result of the filing of
the Bankruptcy Cases and defaults under the Existing Credit Agreement, the New Senior Notes
Indenture and the Sale Leaseback Documents, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the
Subsidiaries is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or
instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a
party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default
could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.11. Federal Reserve Regulations. (a) None of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the
Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of
extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

          (b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and
whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or
that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T,
U or X.

          SECTION 3.12. Investment Company Act. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an
“investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of
1940.

 

41

          SECTION 3.13. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the New Money Loans solely
(a) to pay fees and expenses related to the consummation of the Bankruptcy Cases and the
consummation of this agreement and (b) to provide working capital and other general corporate
purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the purposes set forth in the Interim Budget or
the Final Budget, as applicable. The Borrower shall use the entire amount of the proceeds of each
Loan solely in accordance with this Section 3.13; provided, however, that nothing herein shall in
any way prejudice or prevent the Administrative Agent or the Lenders from objecting, for any
reason, to any requests, motions or applications made in the Bankruptcy Court, including any
applications for interim or final allowances of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement
of expenses incurred under clause (a) of Section 105, or Section 330 or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code,
by any party in interest. For avoidance of doubt, no proceeds of any Loans or any cash collateral
shall be available for any fees or expenses incurred in connection with the initiation or
prosecution of any claims, causes of action, adversary proceedings or other litigation against (i)
the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or (ii) in connection with challenging, invalidating,
disallowing, re-characterizing, setting aside, avoiding, subordinating, in whole or in part, or
taking or attempting to take any other action to render unenforceable, such secured lenders’ liens,
claims, interests and adequate protection, the secured creditors of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of the Petition Date; provided, that proceeds of the Loans in an amount not to
exceed $30,000 may be used to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation
of such claims.

          SECTION 3.14. Tax Returns. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries has filed
or caused to be filed all Federal, state and material, local and foreign tax returns or materials
required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes due and
payable by it and all material assessments received by it, except Taxes that are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as
applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves.

          SECTION 3.15. No Material Misstatements. No information, report, financial statement, exhibit or
schedule furnished by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any
Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered
pursuant thereto, when taken as a whole, contained, contains or will contain any material
misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make
the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be
made, not misleading; provided that to the extent any such information, report, financial
statement, exhibit or schedule (including, without limitation, the Interim Budget and the Final
Budget) was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, each of Holdings and the Borrower
represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due care in the
preparation of such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule.

 

42

          SECTION 3.16. Employee Benefit Plans. Each of the Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates is in
compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the
regulations and published interpretations thereunder. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be
expected to result in material liability of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates. The
present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used to fund
such Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market
value of the assets of such Plan by a material amount, and the present value of all benefit
liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used to fund such plan) did not, as
of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets
of all such underfunded Plans by a material amount.

          SECTION 3.17. Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17 and except with respect
to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (i)
has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit,
license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any
Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental
Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

          SECTION 3.18. Insurance. Schedule 3.18 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all
insurance maintained by the Borrower or by the Borrower for its Subsidiaries as of the Closing
Date. As of the Closing Date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have
been duly paid. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such
risks and liabilities as are in accordance with normal industry practice.

          SECTION 3.19. Secured, Super-Priority Obligations. (a) On and after the Closing Date, the
provisions of the Loan Documents and the Orders are effective to create in favor of the Collateral
Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and perfected Liens on and security
interests (having the priority provided for herein and in the Orders) in all right, title and
interest in the Collateral, enforceable against each Loan Party that owns an interest in such
Collateral.

          (b) Pursuant to the Orders, all Obligations will be secured by valid and perfected liens and
security interests subject to the Requisite Priority.

          (c) Pursuant to clause (c) of Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Orders, all
obligations of the Borrower and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Loan Documents in
respect thereof (including any exposure of a Lender in respect of cash management or hedging
transactions incurred on behalf of any Loan Party) at all times shall constitute allowed
super-priority administrative expense claims in each of the Bankruptcy Cases having priority over
all administrative expenses of the kind specified in clause (b) of Section 503 or clause (b) of
Section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code, subject only to the Carve-Out

 

43

          (d) The Orders and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, are in full force and
effect and have not been vacated, reversed, modified, amended or stayed without the prior written
consent of the Required Lenders.

          SECTION 3.20. Location of Real Property and Leased Premises. Schedule 3.20(a) lists completely
and correctly as of the Closing Date all real property owned by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries
and the addresses thereof. Subject to the Bankruptcy Cases, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, as
the case may be, as of the Closing Date, own in fee all the real property set forth on Schedule
3.20(a). Schedule 3.20(b) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all material real
property leased by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. Subject to the
Bankruptcy Cases, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of the Closing Date
have valid leasehold interests in all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.20(b).

          SECTION 3.21. Labor Matters. As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns
against Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the
Borrower, threatened. Except as provided on Schedule 3.09, the hours worked by and payments made
to employees of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair
Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such
matters, except for such violations that could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the
aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from Holdings, the Borrower or
any Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against Holdings, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have
been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary,
except for such failures that could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate,
to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union
under any collective bargaining agreement to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is
bound.

          SECTION 3.22. Deposit Accounts. The only deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodity
accounts maintained by any Loan Party on the date hereof are those listed on Schedule 3.22, which
sets forth such information separately for each Grantor. Annexed hereto as Schedule 3.22, as the
same may be modified from time to time by notice to the Administrative Agent, is a schedule of all
DDAs that are maintained by the Loan Parties, which schedule includes, with respect to each
depository (i) the name and address of such depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with
such depository; and (iii) a contact person at such depository. Schedule 3.22 lists all Blocked
Accounts. Schedule 3.22, as the same may be modified from time to time by notice to the
Administrative Agent, also sets forth a list describing all arrangements to which any Loan Party is
a party with respect to the payment to such Loan Party of the proceeds of all credit card charges
for sales of goods or services by such Loan Party.

 

44

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

          The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions:

          SECTION 4.01. All Credit Events. On the date of each Borrowing, but excluding the continuation of
the Interest Period of a Borrowing into another Interest Period (each such event being called a
“Credit Event”):

          (a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by
Section 2.03.

          (b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III hereof and in each other Loan
Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit
Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such
representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

          (c) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Event of Default or Default
shall have occurred and be continuing.

          Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower
and Holdings on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this Section 4.01.

          SECTION 4.02. First Credit Event. On (or before) the date the Interim Date Loans are made:

          (a) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a
favorable written opinion of Young, Conaway, Stargatt & Taylor, LLP, counsel for Holdings and the
Borrower, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit E, (A) dated the Closing Date and (B)
addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and Holdings and the Borrower hereby request
such counsel to deliver such opinions.

          (b) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of
incorporation or certificate of formation, as applicable, including all amendments thereto, of each
Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its
organization, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date,
from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each
Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete
copy of the by-laws or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, of such Loan Party as in
effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions
described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions
duly adopted

 

45

by the Board of Directors or sole member, as applicable, of such Loan Party
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a
party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have
not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate
or articles of incorporation or certificate of formation, as applicable, of such Loan Party have
not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good
standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen
signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection
herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the
incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate
pursuant to clause (ii) above.

          (c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and
signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent
set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01.

          (d) The Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable
(to the extent invoiced) on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced,
reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the
Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

          (e) The Lenders shall have received, to the extent requested, all documentation and other
information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and
anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

          (f) Except as set forth in Section 5.14, this Agreement and the Security Documents shall have
been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and shall be in full force and
effect on the Closing Date. Except as provided in the proviso to the preceding sentence, the
Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall have a security interest in the Collateral
of the type and priority described in each Security Document.

          (g) The Collateral Agent shall have received a Perfection Certificate with respect to the
Loan Parties dated the Closing Date and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings and the
Borrower, and shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings
(or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other
jurisdictions) of formation of such persons and in the other jurisdictions in which such persons
maintain property, in each case as indicated on such Perfection Certificate, together with copies
of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by
evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Secured Parties that the Liens indicated in any such
financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 6.02 or have been or
will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

 

46

          (h) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage
under, the insurance policies required by Section 5.02 and the applicable provisions of the
Security Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary
lender’s loss payable endorsement and to name the Collateral Agent as additional insured, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

          (i) Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.02(i), there shall not have occurred any event,
circumstance, change, development or effect since January 7, 2008, that, individually or in the
aggregate with all other events, circumstances, conditions, changes, developments or effects, has
had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

          (j) Immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions
contemplated hereby, Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall have outstanding no
Indebtedness or preferred stock other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01.

          (k) The commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases and the borrowings and other transactions
contemplated hereunder and by the other Loan Documents shall have been duly authorized by the
Borrower and each applicable Guarantor and the Bankruptcy Cases shall have been commenced by the
Borrower and the Guarantors and the same shall each be a debtor and a debtor-in-possession. All of
the First Day Orders sought to be entered at the time of the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases
shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

          (l) Other than with respect to the Orders, all requisite Governmental Authorities and third
parties shall have approved or consented to the transactions contemplated hereby to the extent
required and no order, decree, ruling, judgment or injunction shall have been enacted, entered,
promulgated or enforced by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction making illegal or
otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby substantially on the
terms contemplated hereby, which shall continue to be in effect.

          (m) The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Cash Management Order, and shall have entered
the Final Order or Interim Order, as the case may be, after notice given and a hearing conducted in
accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 4001(c), authorizing and approving the applicable Borrowing and the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and finding that the Lenders are extending credit
to the Borrower in good faith within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Section 364(e), which order
shall (1) approve the payment by the Borrower of all of the fees provided for or referenced herein,
(2) grant Adequate Protection satisfactory to the Lenders, (3) otherwise be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Lenders and (4) be in full force and effect and shall not have been stayed,
reversed, vacated, subject to appeal, or otherwise modified in a manner materially adverse to the
Lenders.

 

47

          (n) The Borrower and the Guarantors shall have released (for themselves and their respective
bankruptcy estates) (i) the Lenders and the Administrative Agent from any and all claims, liens,
priority, actions or inactions arising hereunder or in any other manner and (ii) the lenders and
the administrative agent under the Existing Credit Agreement from any and all claims, liens,
priority, actions or inactions arising under the Existing Credit Agreement or in any other manner
(the releases set forth in this clause (ii) being subject only to the right of the unsecured
creditors’ committee or any party in interest to investigate and bring any such claims within 90
days of the filing of the Bankruptcy Cases), with such releases being satisfactory to such Lenders
and Existing Credit Agreement lenders, as applicable, in their discretion.

          (o) The Lenders shall have received and be satisfied with the Interim Budget.

          SECTION 4.03. Additional Conditions to Credit Events comprising Delayed Draw Loans. The agreement
of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on the Delayed Draw
Funding Date is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 hereof and
to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

          (a) The Final Order shall have been issued by the Bankruptcy Court and the Entry Date shall be
a date not more than 30 days following the Closing Date; and the Final Order shall be in full force
and effect and shall not have been vacated, reversed, modified, amended or stayed or be subject to
a filed appeal, a motion for mandamus or a petition certiorari without the prior written consent of
the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

          (b) The Required Lenders shall have received and be reasonably satisfied with the Final Budget
and the Borrower’s business plan which shall include a financial forecast on a monthly basis
through the first anniversary of the Closing Date as prepared by the Borrower’s management.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

          Each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this
Agreement shall remain in effect and until the New Money Commitments have been terminated and the
principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under
any Loan Document shall have been paid in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent
in writing, each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to:

          SECTION 5.01. Existence; Businesses and Properties. (a) Do or cause to be done all things
necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except as
otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05.

 

48

          (b) Except as otherwise excused by the Bankruptcy Code, do or cause to be done all things
necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect all rights,
licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, and Intellectual Property owned or held by each of
Holdings, Borrower, and the Subsidiaries that is material to the conduct of its business; maintain
and operate such business in substantially the manner in which it is presently conducted and
operated with, in the case of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, reasonable extensions thereof;
comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, decrees and orders of
any Governmental Authority, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted; and at all times maintain
and preserve all property material to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good
repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful
and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order
that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

          SECTION 5.02. Insurance. (a) Keep its insurable properties adequately insured at all times by
financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against
such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary
with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations,
including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage
occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or
controlled by it; and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.

          (b) Cause all such policies covering any Collateral to be endorsed or otherwise amended to
include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Required Lenders and the Collateral Agent, which endorsement shall provide
that, from and after the Closing Date, if the insurance carrier shall have received written notice
from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Borrower or the Loan Parties
under such policies directly to the Collateral Agent; cause all such policies to provide that
neither the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any other party shall be a
coinsurer thereunder and to contain a “Replacement Cost Endorsement”, without any deduction for
depreciation, and such other provisions as the Required Lenders or the Collateral Agent may
reasonably require from time to time to protect their interests; deliver original or certified
copies of all such policies to the Collateral Agent; cause each such policy to provide that it
shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium upon not less
than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the
Collateral Agent (giving the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent the right to cure
defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason upon not less than 30 days’ prior
written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; deliver
to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or
nonrenewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other
evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative

 

49

Agent and the Collateral
Agent) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the
Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.

          (c) Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent immediately whenever any
separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be
maintained under this Section 5.02 is taken out by the Borrower; and promptly deliver to the
Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies.

          SECTION 5.03. Obligations and Taxes. Pay and discharge promptly when due all material
post-petition Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its
income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in
default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if
unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided, however, that
such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax, assessment, charge,
levy or claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and the Borrower shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with
respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and such contest operates to suspend collection of the
contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien and, in the case of a
Mortgaged Property, there is no risk of forfeiture of such property.

          SECTION 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc. In the case of the Borrower, furnish to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

          (a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, its consolidated balance sheet and
related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition
of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the
results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such year, together with
comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP
or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an
opinion of such accountants (which shall not be qualified in any material respect (other than any
“going concern” qualification and qualifications with respect to method of accounting as a result
of the bankruptcy filing) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present
the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

          (b) (i) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each
fiscal year (provided that for the fiscal quarter ended December 12, 2007 and April 2, 2008, the
delivery dates shall be March 31, 2008 and June 1, 2008, respectively), its consolidated balance
sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial
condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter
and the results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such fiscal
quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and comparative figures for the same
periods in the immediately

 

50

preceding fiscal year, and (ii) within 30 days after the end of each
fiscal month (commencing with the fiscal month ending January 2008), other than any fiscal month
which is a fiscal quarter, its consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income,
stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal month, and the results of its operations
and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of
the fiscal year, in each case of clause (i) and (ii), all as certified by one of its Financial
Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of
operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments ;

          (c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above,
a certificate of the accounting firm (in the case of paragraph (a)) or Financial Officer (in the
case of paragraph (b)) opining on or certifying such statements (which certificate, when furnished
by an accounting firm, may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal
interpretations) (i) certifying that no Event of Default or Default has occurred or, if such an
Event of Default or Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any
corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth
computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Required Lenders demonstrating compliance
with the applicable covenants contained in Section 6.13 and, in the case of a certificate delivered
with the financial statements required by paragraph (a) above, (y) certifying that there has been
no change in the business activities, assets or liabilities of Holdings, or if there has been any
such change, describing such change in reasonable detail and certifying that Holdings is in
compliance with Section 6.08;

          (d) (i) on the Friday of each calendar week, a Cash Flow Forecast and a cash report
reflecting aggregate cash balances in all accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with
financial and other institutions as of the immediately preceding Wednesday and (ii) on the
immediate succeeding Monday, a variance analysis comparing the actual cash balances to the balance
projected in the most recently previously distributed Cash Flow Forecast with respect to the fiscal
week ending such immediately preceding Wednesday);

          (e) [Reserved];

          (f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other
reports, final proxy statements, and upon notice of filing to the Administrative Agent and the
Required Lenders and upon the request of the Required Lenders, other materials filed by Holdings,
the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national
securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be, and all press
releases;

 

51

          (g) promptly after the receipt thereof by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, a copy of
any “management letter” (in final form) received by any such person from its certified public
accountants and the management’s response thereto;

          (h) as soon as practicable, and in any event not later than (i) February 7, 2008, a Final
Budget; and (ii) June 1, 2008, a reasonably detailed bona fide term sheet, acceptable to the
Required Lenders in their sole discretion (provided, that in the case of any matter not involving
the treatment of the Lenders or the Obligations, the standard of acceptability shall be the
reasonable discretion of the Required Lenders), setting forth the terms of a proposed restructuring
of the Loan Parties, including, without limitation, (A) the proposed capital structure of the Loan
Parties after giving effect to such restructuring; (B) the proposed modifications of the terms of
the existing senior and junior indebtedness of each of the Loan Parties; (C) the proposed terms and
structure of the equity of each of the Loan Parties after giving effect to such restructuring; and
(D) a description of the financing required by such proposed restructuring; and

          (i) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business
affairs and financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the
terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

          SECTION 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender
prompt written notice of the following:

          (a) any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the
corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

          (b) the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of intention of any person to file
or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any
Governmental Authority, against the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

          (c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events
that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000;

          (d) two Business Days prior to the filing of any motion to the Bankruptcy Court requesting
approval of an Asset Sale anticipated to generate in excess of $5,000,000 in Net Cash Proceeds, a
notice (a) describing such Asset Sale or the nature and material terms and conditions of such
transaction and (b) stating the estimated Net Cash Proceeds anticipated to be received by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

          (e) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a
Material Adverse Effect.

 

52

          SECTION 5.06. Information Regarding Collateral. (a) Furnish to the Administrative Agent and the
Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any change in any Loan Party’s legal name, corporate
structure, jurisdiction of organization or Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Holdings and
the Borrower agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless
all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in
order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid,
legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. Holdings and the Borrower also agree
promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or
destroyed.

          (b) In the case of the Borrower, each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial
statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 5.04(a), deliver to the
Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer setting forth the information required
pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such
information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date or the date
of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.06.

          SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections. Keep proper books of
record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all
requirements of law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and
activities. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its subsidiaries to,
subject to applicable confidentiality provisions and applicable privileges, permit any
representatives designated by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to visit
and inspect the financial records and the properties of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at
reasonable times and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any
representatives designated by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to
discuss the affairs, finances and condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the
officers thereof, the independent accountants therefor and any other party in interest to the
Bankruptcy Cases.

          SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes set forth in
Section 3.13.

          SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances. Execute any and all further documents, financing statements,
agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code
and other financing statements, mortgages and deeds of trust and documents or other instruments
with the United States Patent & Trademark Office and the United States
Copyright Office or any similar foreign registry, as applicable) that may be required under
applicable law, or that the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may
reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and
in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first priority of the security
interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents. The Borrower will cause any
subsequently acquired or organized Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Inactive

 

53

Subsidiary) or any
Domestic Subsidiary that ceases to be an Inactive Subsidiary to become a Loan Party by executing
the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other applicable Security Document in favor of the
Collateral Agent. In addition, from time to time, the Borrower will, at its cost and expense,
promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created,
perfected security interests with respect to such of its assets and properties as the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being
understood that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured by
substantially all the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including material owned real
and other properties acquired subsequent to the Closing Date)). Such security interests and Liens
will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of
trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Required Lenders and the Collateral Agent, and the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered
to the Lenders all such instruments and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance
policies and lien searches) as the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders shall reasonably
request to evidence compliance with this Section 5.09. The Borrower agrees to provide such
evidence as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status
of each such security interest and Lien. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower will give
prompt notice to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders of the creation,
development, or acquisition by it or any of the Subsidiaries of any assets or property (including
any interest in any real property or personal property but excluding inventory and equipment
acquired in the ordinary course of business); provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be
required to give such notice with respect to, in the aggregate from the Closing Date through the
Maturity Date, up to $250,000 of assets and/or property so created, developed or acquired.

          SECTION 5.10. [Reserved].

          SECTION 5.11. Maintenance of Sale Leaseback Interests. Cause each Sale/Leaseback Document to be
in full force and effect at all times, free of any default thereunder by any Loan Party (other than
defaults related to the filing of the Bankruptcy Cases and any default with respect to which the
lessors and other parties thereunder would be stayed as a result of the filing of the Bankruptcy
Cases (including cross-defaults and financial tests) or cause or permit the termination of any Sale
Leaseback Document.

          SECTION 5.12. Deposit Accounts and Control Agreements.

          (a) All funds in all DDAs shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of
Collateral and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to
inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in the DDAs.

          (b) Each Loan Party shall (i) deliver to the Collateral Agent notifications in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, which have been executed on behalf of such Loan
Party and addressed to such Loan Party’s credit card clearinghouses and processors, in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (each, a “Credit

 

54

Card Notification”), (ii) deliver
to the Collateral Agent notifications executed on behalf of the Loan Parties to each depository
institution with which any DDA is maintained, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral
Agent of the Collateral Agent’s interest in such DDA (each, a “DDA Notification”), (iii) instruct
each depository institution for a DDA to cause all amounts on deposit and available at the close of
each Business Day in such DDA to be swept to one of the Loan Parties’ concentration accounts no
less frequently than on a daily basis, such instructions to be irrevocable unless otherwise agreed
to by the Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders and (iv) enter into a blocked account agreement
(each, a “Blocked Account Agreement”), in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent,
with the Collateral Agent and any bank with which such Loan Party maintains a concentration account
into which the DDAs are swept (each such account of a Loan Party, a “Blocked Account” and all such
accounts, collectively, the “Blocked Accounts”), covering each such concentration account
maintained with such bank. All amounts received by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in respect of any
Account, in addition to all other cash received from any other source, shall upon receipt be
deposited into a DDA or concentration account. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not cause
proceeds of such DDAs to be otherwise redirected.

          (c) Each Credit Card Notification and Blocked Account Agreement shall require, after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event or Default, and upon notice from the Collateral
Agent given at the direction of the Required Lenders, the ACH or wire transfer no less frequently
than once per Business Day (unless the New Money Commitments have been terminated and the
Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been paid in full), of all available
cash balances and cash receipts, including the then contents or then entire ledger balance of each
Blocked Account net of such minimum balance (not to exceed $10,000 per account), if any, required
by the bank at which such Blocked Account is maintained to an account maintained by the
Administrative Agent for such purpose (the “Agent Account”). Each Loan Party agrees that it will
not cause any credit card proceeds or proceeds of any Blocked Account to be otherwise redirected.

          (d) All collected amounts received in the Agent Account shall be distributed and applied on a
daily basis (1) first, to the payment (on a ratable basis) of any outstanding expenses actually due
and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; and (2) second, in accordance
with the provisions set forth in Section 2.13(e).

          (e) If, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default as
to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower, any cash or cash equivalents owned by
any Loan Party are deposited to any account, or held or invested in any manner, otherwise than in a
Blocked Account subject to a Blocked Account Agreement (or a DDA which is swept daily to such
Blocked Account), the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to require the applicable Loan Party
to close such account and have all funds therein transferred to a Blocked Account, and to caused
all future deposits to be made to a Blocked Account.

 

55

          (f) The Loan Parties may close DDAs or Blocked Accounts and/or open new DDAs or Blocked
Accounts, subject to the contemporaneous execution and delivery to the Collateral Agent of a DDA
Notification or Blocked Account Agreement consistent with the provisions of this subsection 5.12
and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders. Unless consented to in writing by
the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties shall not enter into any agreements with credit card
processors other than the ones listed on Schedule 3.22 unless contemporaneously therewith a Credit
Card Notification is executed and a copy thereof is delivered to the Administrative Agent.

          (g) The Agent Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the
Administrative Agent. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except to the extent
otherwise provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (x) such Loan Party has no right of
withdrawal from the Agent Account, (y) the funds on deposit in the Agent Account shall at all times
continue to be collateral security for all of the obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents, and (z) the funds on deposit in the Agent Account shall be applied
as provided in this Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this
subsection 5.12, any Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any proceeds or
collections required to be transferred to the Agent Account pursuant to subsection 5.12(c), such
proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party for the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders, shall not be commingled with any of such Loan Party’s other funds or deposited in any
account of such Loan Party and shall promptly be deposited into the Agent Account or dealt with in
such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Required Lenders.

          (h) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Loan Parties may
direct, and shall have sole control over, the manner of disposition of funds in the Blocked
Accounts.

          (i) Any amounts held or received in the Agent Account (including all interest and other
earnings with respect hereto, if any) at any time (x) when all of the obligations hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents have been satisfied or (y) all Events of Default have been cured,
shall, subject to the Orders, be remitted to the operating account of the applicable Borrower.

          (j) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Loan Parties shall be deemed to be in
compliance with the requirements set forth in this subsection
5.12 during the initial thirty (30) day period commencing on the Closing Date to the extent
that the arrangements described above are established and effective not later than the date that is
thirty (30) days following the Closing Date or such later date as the Required Lenders, in their
sole discretion, may agree (provided that such thirty (30) day period shall be extended to
forty-five (45) days with respect to DDA Notifications if on or prior to the expiration of such
thirty (30) day period DDA Notifications have been received with respect to each account set forth
on Schedule 5.12(j) hereof.

 

56

    
      SECTION 5.13. Bankruptcy
Cases (a). The Borrower shall use its best efforts to obtain an
order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing the Borrower to enter into this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative
Agent’s counsel and counsel to the Lenders all material pleadings, motions and other documents
filed on behalf of all of the Loan Parties with the Bankruptcy Court.

          (b) The Borrower shall use its best efforts to ensure the following occurs: (i) a Plan of
Reorganization and disclosure statement in the Bankruptcy Cases shall be filed with the Bankruptcy
Court on or before August 15, 2008 and (ii) an order approving the adequacy of such disclosure
statement and otherwise finding such disclosure statement in compliance with 11 U.S.C. § 1125 shall
be entered in the Bankruptcy Cases on or before the date that is sixty days following the actual
date of filing referred to in clause (i).

          SECTION 5.14. Post-Closing Covenant. Execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all
agreements and other documents required pursuant to Section 5.12(j).

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

          Each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this
Agreement shall remain in effect and until the New Money Commitments have been terminated and the
principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under
any Loan Document have been paid in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in
writing, neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they cause or permit any of the
Subsidiaries to:

          SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

          (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and not
prohibited under the Existing Credit Agreement or set forth on Schedule 6.01;

          (b) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;

          (c) intercompany Indebtedness of (i) the Borrower or any Guarantor owed to (A) the Borrower
or any Guarantor or (B) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and (ii) any Subsidiary that is not
a Guarantor to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and unsecured Guarantees made in the
ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor otherwise permitted by this Section 6.01;

 

57

          (d) Indebtedness in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit (i) issued
in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and (ii) in a face amount not
to exceed (A) in the case of any letter of credit issued under a newly created standalone letter of
credit facility to replace a letter of credit issued under the Existing Credit Agreement and
outstanding on the Closing Date, the face amount of such replaced letter of credit and (B)
otherwise, in the aggregate, a face amount of $20,000,000 for all other letters of credit at any
time outstanding;

          (e) Indebtedness under performance bonds or with respect to workers’ compensation claims, in
each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

          (f) In the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, Capital Lease Obligations in an
aggregate principal amount not exceeding $2,000,000 at any time outstanding (provided that the
value of each single asset subject thereto shall be less than $50,000); and

          (g) Indebtedness not to exceed $7,000,000 at any time incurred in connection with financing
insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (provided that
such Indebtedness is not incurred in connection with any increase in coverage or similar change to
any policy of insurance or indemnification applicable to officers or directors).

          SECTION 6.02. Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets
(including Equity Interests or other securities of any person, including any Subsidiary) now owned
or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof,
except the following (subject (except with respect to (b) below) at all times to the Requisite
Priority requirements of this Agreement):

          (a) Liens existing on the date hereof and not prohibited under the Existing Credit Agreement
or as set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Liens shall secure only those obligations
which they secure on the date hereof;

          (b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents;

          (c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;

          (d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not due and payable or
which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;

          (e) pledges and deposits in compliance with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance
and other social security laws or regulations;

          (f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness
for borrowed money), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations),

 

58

statutory obligations, surety
and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary
course of business;

          (g) zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions on use of real property and
other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are
not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from the value of the property subject
thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries;

          (h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property incurred in the ordinary course of
business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from
the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

          (i) Liens on cash securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted by Section
6.01(d), to the extent that the cash collateral securing obligations under any letter of credit at
any time shall not exceed 105% of the face amount of such letter of credit;

          (j) judgment liens securing judgments that have not resulted in an Event of Default under
Article VII;

          (k) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of
business;

          (l) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Borrower or any of
the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and covering only the assets so leased;

          (m) any matter that would be disclosed by an accurate survey or inspection of real property
owned or leased by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

          (n) Liens in respect of indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 (f).

          SECTION 6.03. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Other than the Sale/Leaseback Transaction, enter
into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any
property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for
substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “Sale and
Leaseback”).

          SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans and Advances. Purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests,
evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to,
or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other person, except:

 

59

          (a) Permitted Investments with respect to which the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Secured Parties has a perfected Lien with the Requisite Priority;

          (b) loans or advances (i) made (A) by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Borrower or any
Guarantor and (B) by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) by any
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; provided that
any such loans and advances made by a Loan Party shall be evidenced by a promissory note pledged to
the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement;

          (c) investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or
settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the
ordinary course of business;

          (d) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make loans and advances in the ordinary course of
business to their respective non-management employees so long as the aggregate principal amount
thereof at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such
loans and advances) shall not exceed $250,000;

          (e) investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.04;

          (f) investments made after the Closing Date by Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in
the Equity Interests of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors; provided that any such Equity
Interests held by a Loan Party shall be pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
(subject to the limitations applicable to voting stock of a Foreign Subsidiary referred to
therein);

          (g) investments consisting of non-cash proceeds of Asset Sales made in accordance with
Section 6.05(b); and

          (h) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business.

          SECTION 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions. (a) Merge into or
consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it,
or sell, transfer, lease, license, abandon, cancel, permit to lapse, or otherwise dispose of (in
one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets (whether now
owned or hereafter acquired) of the Borrower or less than all the Equity Interests of any
Subsidiary, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of
transactions) all or any substantial part of the assets of any other person, except that (i) the
Borrower and any Subsidiary may purchase and sell inventory in the ordinary course of business and
(ii) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default or
Default shall have occurred and be continuing (x) any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into or
consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the

 

60

surviving corporation,
(y) any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any other wholly owned
Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a wholly owned Subsidiary and no
person other than the Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary receives any consideration; provided
that if any such merger described in this clause (y) shall involve a Subsidiary Guarantor, the
surviving entity of such merger shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor and (z) Holdings may merge with or
into the Borrower in a transaction in which no person other than Holdings or the Borrower receives
any consideration other than, in the case of the stockholders of Holdings, consideration consisting
solely of the Equity Interests of the surviving corporation (following which all references to
Holdings or the Borrower shall mean the survivor of such merger).

          (b) Engage in any Asset Sale otherwise permitted under paragraph (a) above unless (i) such
Asset Sale is for consideration at least 75% of which is cash,
(ii) such consideration is at least
equal to the fair market value of the assets being sold, transferred, leased or disposed of and
(iii) the fair market value of all assets sold, transferred, leased or disposed of pursuant to this
paragraph (b) shall not exceed $50,000,000 in any fiscal year.

          SECTION 6.06. Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements. (a) Declare or make, or agree to
declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment (including pursuant to any
Synthetic Purchase Agreement), or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so;
provided, however, that (i) any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other
distributions ratably to its equity holders, (ii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments or make
loans and advances to Holdings (x) to the extent necessary to pay general corporate and overhead
expenses incurred by Holdings in the ordinary course of business, in an amount not to exceed
$250,000 until the Final Budget shall have been received and approved in accordance with this
Agreement and, upon such approval, only to the extent a reasonably detailed explanation of such
expenses is set forth in the Final Budget; and (y) in an amount necessary to make Tax Payments
directly attributable to (or arising as a result of) the
operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (A) the amount of such
dividends shall not exceed the amount that the Borrower and the Subsidiaries would be required to
pay in respect of Federal, State and local taxes were the Borrower to pay such taxes as a
stand-alone taxpayer and (B) all Restricted Payments made to Holdings pursuant to this clause (ii)
are used by Holdings for the purposes specified herein within 30 days of the receipt thereof; and
(iii) the Loan Parties may provide reasonable compensation, customary employee benefit arrangements
and indemnities for their respective directors consistent with past practices and as approved as
part of the Final Budget by the Bankruptcy Court, as otherwise approved by the Bankruptcy Court or
otherwise approved in writing by the Required Lenders.

          (b) Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits,
restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary
to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the
Obligations or any refinancing thereof, or (ii) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or
other distributions with respect to

 

61

any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or
advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or
any other Subsidiary; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and
conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document or any “Loan Document” as defined in the Existing
Credit Agreement or the New Senior Notes Indenture as in effect on the date hereof, (B) the
foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating
to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only
to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (C) the foregoing shall
not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any
Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder, (D) clause (i) of the
foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to
secured Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations or obligations in
respect of the Sale/Leaseback Transaction, in each case permitted by this Agreement, if such
restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or
subject to such lease and (E) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions
in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

          SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates. Except for transactions by or among Loan Parties,
sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or
otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except that:

          (a) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions in the
ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third
parties;

          (b) Restricted Payments may be made to the extent provided in Section 6.06; and

          (c) loans may be made and other transactions may be entered into between and among the
Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates to the extent permitted by
Sections 6.01 and 6.04.

          SECTION 6.08. Business of Holdings, Borrower and Subsidiaries. (a) With respect to Holdings,
engage in any business activities or have any assets or liabilities other than its ownership of the
Equity Interests of the Borrower, its guarantee under the New Senior Notes and liabilities
incidental thereto, its liabilities hereunder and pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement and its liabilities under the Existing Credit Agreement and pursuant to the “Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement,” as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, and other de minimis
activities.

          (b) With respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, engage at any time in any business or
business activity other than the business currently conducted by it and reasonable extensions
thereof and business activities reasonably incidental thereto.

 

62

    
      SECTION 6.09. Other Indebtedness and Agreements. (a) Permit any waiver, supplement,
modification, amendment, termination or release of any indenture, instrument or agreement pursuant
to which any Material Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is
outstanding if the effect of such waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or
release would materially increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional material
rights on the holder of such Indebtedness in a manner materially adverse to Holdings, the Borrower,
any of the Subsidiaries or the Lenders unless such amended Material Indebtedness could be incurred
under Section 6.01.

          (b) (i) Make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination
thereof, in respect of, or pay, or offer or commit to pay, or directly or indirectly (including
pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement) redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for
consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, the New Senior Notes or any
subordinated Indebtedness (other than intercompany subordinated Indebtedness), or (ii) pay in cash
any amount in respect of any Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor’s
option be paid in kind or in other securities.

          (c) Unless consented to by the Required Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld) and approved by the Bankruptcy Court, make any payment, whether in cash, property,
securities or a combination thereof, to compromise or settle any proceeding listed on Schedule 3.09
or any other material litigation or proceeding.

          SECTION 6.10. Capital Expenditures. Permit the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by
the Borrower and the Subsidiaries to exceed (a) $15,000,000 for the period from the Closing Date
through the end of the fiscal year ending on or around July 2, 2008 or (b) $45,000,000 for the
fiscal
year ending on or around July 2, 2009. The amount of permitted Capital Expenditures set forth in
the preceding sentence shall be increased by the amount of unused permitted Capital Expenditures
for the immediately preceding period or fiscal year.

          SECTION 6.11. [Reserved].

          SECTION 6.12. [Reserved].

          SECTION 6.13. Minimum Consolidated EBITDA. Permit the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the
most recently completed three-month period as at the last day of each fiscal month commencing
February 6, 2008 to be less than 85% of the corresponding Consolidated EBITDA set forth in the
Final Budget.

          SECTION 6.14. Minimum Cash Balance. Permit the aggregate cash balances in all accounts of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries with financial and other institutions to be less than (a) from the
Delayed Draw Funding Date through July 2, 2008, $20,000,000 and (b) from July 3, 2008 through the
Maturity Date, $10,000,000.

 

63

          SECTION 6.15. Fiscal Year. With respect to the Borrower, change its fiscal year-end to a date
other than the Wednesday closest to June 30 of each year.

          SECTION 6.16. Chapter 11 Claims. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any administrative
expense, unsecured claim, or other super-priority claim or lien that is pari passu with or senior
to the claims of the Secured Parties against the Loan Parties hereunder, or apply to the Bankruptcy
Court for authority to do so, except for the Carve-Out.

          SECTION 6.17. [Reserved].

          SECTION 6.18. The Orders. Make or permit to be made any change, amendment or modification, or any
application or motion for any change, amendment or modification, to either Order or any First Day
Orders without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, except for any change, amendment
or modification that would not adversely effect the Lenders.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

          In case of the happening of any of the following events (“Events of Default”):

          (a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with any Loan
Document or the borrowings hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information
contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in
connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in
any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

          (b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan when and as the same
shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment
thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

          (c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other
amount (other than an amount referred to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the
same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five
Business Days;

          (d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, the Borrower or
any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (i) Section 5.04(b), (c), (d),
(e) or (h), and such failure shall continue unremedied for two Business Days or (ii) Section
5.01(a) (with respect to Holdings and the Borrower only), 5.05(a), 5.07 (with respect to the second
sentence thereof), 5.08, 5.12, 5.13(b) or in Article VI;

 

64

          (e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, the Borrower or
any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than
those specified in (b), (c) or (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period
of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrower;

          (f) (i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) fail to pay any principal or
interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Indebtedness arising after the Petition Date
(other than the Obligations), when and as the same shall become due and payable, or (ii) any other
event or condition occurs that results in any such Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled
maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or
both) the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to
cause such Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or
defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply
to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the
property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

          (g) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of
$1,000,000 of post-Petition Date liability shall be rendered against Holdings, the Borrower, any
Subsidiary or any combination thereof (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the
insurer has been notified of such judgment and has not denied coverage thereof) and the same shall
remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be
effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets
or properties of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

          (h) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when
taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in
liability of the Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000;

          (i) any Guarantee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for any reason shall cease to
be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or any Guarantor shall deny
in writing that it has any further liability under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (other
than as a result of the discharge of such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Loan
Documents);

          (j) (i) The Loan Documents and the Orders shall, for any reason, cease to create a valid Lien
on any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby or such Lien shall cease to be a perfected
Lien having the priority provided herein pursuant to Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code against
each Loan Party, or any Loan Party shall so allege in any pleading filed in any court or any
material provision of any Loan Document shall, for any reason, cease to be valid and binding on
each Loan Party party thereto or any Loan Party shall so state in writing or (ii) any Loan Party
shall file a complaint or initiate any other action against any of the Lenders or the lenders under
the Existing Credit

 

65

Agreement or any entity shall obtain a judgment that affects such lenders’
claims or the Collateral, except to the extent expressly allowed in the Interim Order or the Final
Order;

          (k) Any of the Bankruptcy Cases shall be dismissed (or the Bankruptcy Court shall make a
ruling requiring the dismissal of the Bankruptcy Cases), suspended or converted to a case under
chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any Loan Party shall file any pleading requesting any such
relief; or an application shall be filed by any Loan Party for the approval of, or there shall
arise, (i) any other claim having priority senior to or pari passu with the claims of the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or any other claim having priority
over any or all administrative expenses of the kind specified in clause (b) of Section 503 or
clause (b) of Section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code (other than the Carve-Out) or (ii) any Lien on the
Collateral having a priority senior to or pari passu with the Liens and security interests granted
herein, except as expressly provided herein;

          (l) The Bankruptcy Court shall enter an order appointing (i) a Chapter 11 trustee in any of
the Bankruptcy Cases or (ii) a responsible officer or an examiner with powers (A) to operate or
manage the financial affairs of any Loan Party or (B) beyond the
duty to investigate and report, as set forth in subclauses (3) and (4) of clause (a) of
Section 1106 of the Bankruptcy Code, in any of the Bankruptcy Cases;

          (m) (i) The Interim Order shall (A) not have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court within 15
days of the Petition Date or (B) once issued, cease to be in full force and effect and the Final
Order shall not have been entered prior to such cessation, (ii) the Final Order shall not have been
entered by the Bankruptcy Court on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the Closing Date,
(iii) from and after the date of entry thereof, the Final Order shall cease to be in full force and
effect, (iv) any Loan Party shall fail to comply with the terms of the Interim Order or the Final
Order in any material respect or (v) the Interim Order or the Final Order shall be amended,
supplemented, stayed, reversed, vacated or otherwise modified (or any of the Loan Parties shall
apply for authority to do so) without the written consent of the Required Lenders;

          (n) Any Loan Party shall file a motion seeking, or the Bankruptcy Court shall enter, an order
(i) approving payment of any pre-petition claim other than a Permitted Pre-petition Claim Payment,
(ii) approving a First Day Order not approved by the Required Lenders, (iii) granting relief from
the automatic stay applicable under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code to any holder of any
security interest to permit foreclosure on any assets having a book value in excess of $1,000,000
in the aggregate or (iv) except to the extent the same would not constitute a Default under any of
the previous clauses, approving any settlement or other stipulation with any creditor of any Loan
Party, other than the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, or otherwise providing for with respect
to such pre-petition claim that payments as adequate protection or otherwise to such creditor with
respect to such pre-petition claim that individually or in the aggregate is in excess of $100,000
for any and all such creditors;

 

66

          (o) the Borrower or any Guarantor shall file a plan of reorganization that is not the Plan of
Reorganization (unless the Lenders shall be paid in full in cash on the effective date of such Plan
of Reorganization);

          (p) there shall not occur any of the following: (i) a disclosure statement in the Bankruptcy
Cases shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before September 15, 2008 or (ii) an order
shall be entered on or before the date that is sixty days following the actual date of filing
referred to in clause (i), finding that the disclosure statement contains adequate information and
otherwise complies with 11 U.S.C. § 1125;

          (q) the period of exclusivity in the Bankruptcy Cases terminates or exclusivity is otherwise
lifted in the Bankruptcy Cases;

          (r) claims arising under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be asserted against the
Lenders or other actions adverse to the Lenders or their respective rights and remedies hereunder
or under any other Loan Document or any Bankruptcy Court order shall be commenced;

          (s) there shall occur any event or circumstances (or series of events or circumstances) that
would have a Material Adverse Effect in the aggregate since the Petition Date;

          (t) the Borrower and the Guarantors shall consummate a sale of all or substantially all of
their respective assets without the consent of the Required Lenders; or

          (u) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Borrower or the
Subsidiaries of greater than 10% of the aggregate number of restaurant operating leases of the
Borrower and the Subsidiaries, such that the landlords under such leases would be entitled to
terminate such leases;

then, during the continuance of any Event of Default, without further order of, application to, or
action by, the Bankruptcy Court, the Administrative Agent (a) may, and shall at the request of the
Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower declare that all or any portion of the New Money
Commitments be terminated, whereupon any and all obligations of each Lender to make any Loan shall
immediately terminate and (b) may, and shall at the request of the Required Lenders, by notice to
the Borrower, declare the New Money Loans, all interest thereon and all other amounts and
Obligations payable under this Agreement in respect thereof to be forthwith due and payable,
whereupon the New Money Loans, all such interest and all such amounts and Obligations shall become
and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Rollover Loans shall continue to be due and payable on the Maturity Date in accordance with the
provisions set forth in Section 2.11(a). In addition, subject solely to any requirement of the
giving of notice by the terms of the Interim Order or the Final Order, the automatic stay provided
in Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed automatically vacated without further action
or order of the Bankruptcy Court, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, upon three Business
Days’ written notice

 

67

to the Borrower, shall be entitled to exercise all of their respective rights
and remedies under the Loan Documents, including all rights and remedies with respect to the
Collateral and the Guarantors.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent

          Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral
Agent (for purposes of this Article VIII, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the
Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent are referred to collectively as the “Agents”) its
agent and authorizes the Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as
are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with
respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as
contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

          Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the
Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) neither Agent shall be
subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and
is continuing, (b) neither Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise
any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that
such Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or
percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section
9.08), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any
duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to
Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank
serving as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
Neither Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the
request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be
necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08) or in the absence of its own gross
negligence or wilful misconduct. Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default
unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by Holdings, the Borrower or a
Lender, and neither Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into
(i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii)
the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection
therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms
or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or
genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the
satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than
to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.

 

68

          To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any
payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal
Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent
did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the
appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to
notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or
reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the
Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative
Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses
(including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

          Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon,
any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper person. Each Agent may
also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made
by the proper person, and shall not incur
any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be
counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not
be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such
counsel, accountants or experts.

          Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through
any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and
all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties.
The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the
Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective
activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well
as activities as Agent.

          Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, either Agent
may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the
Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation and (except during the continuance of an
Event of Default) with the prior approval of the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor
shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment
within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent
may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent which shall be a bank with an office in
New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank and (except during the continuance of an Event
of Default) shall be acceptable to the Borrower. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent
hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights,
powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged
from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent
shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower
and such

 

69

successor. After an Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and
Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and
their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of
them while acting as Agent.

          The Required Lenders may remove either Agent at any time by notifying such Agent and the
Borrower. Upon any such removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with
the Borrower, to appoint a successor. Until such successor has accepted the appointment of the
Required Lenders, the predecessor Agent shall continue to perform is duties under this Agreement
and the Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as
those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.
After an Agent’s removal hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue
in effect for the benefit of such Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in
respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Agent.

          Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall
succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the predecessor Agent, and the predecessor Agent shall be discharged
from its duties and obligations hereunder, provided, however that the predecessor Agent shall
execute and deliver to the successor Agent all agreements and other documents as may be necessary
or desirable to transfer the rights and duties of Agent from the successor Agent to the predecessor
Agent and shall otherwise cooperate with the successor Agent to effectuate such transfer.

          Any Lender that serves as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent hereunder shall have
the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the
same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

          Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or
any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its
own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that
it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such
documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own
decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

70

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

          SECTION 9.01. Notices. Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing
and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail
or sent by fax, as follows:

          (a) if to the Borrower or Holdings, to it at 1460 Buffet Way, Eagan, MN 55121, Attention of
H. Thomas Mitchell (Fax No. (651) 365-2356), with a copy to Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP,
The Brandywine Building, 1000 West Street, 17th Floor, Wilmington, DE 19801, Attention
of Pauline Morgan;

          (b) if to the Administrative Agent, to Credit Suisse, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY
10010, Attention of Agency Group (Fax No. (212) 325-8304); and

          (c) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the
Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or
overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by
certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed)
to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction
from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01. Any party hereto may change its
address for notices by giving notice of such change to each party hereto in accordance with this
Section 9.01. In addition, the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders and the Borrower may
agree from time to time that notices hereunder for certain specified purposes may be delivered by
e-mail, in which case such notices will be as effective as if delivered by fax.

          SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties
made by the Borrower or Holdings herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or
delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be
considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the making by the Lenders of
the Loans, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or on its behalf, and shall continue
in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee
or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and
unpaid and so long as the New Money Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of
Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless
of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the New Money Commitments, the
invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, or any

 

71

investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral
Agent or any Lender.

          SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective in accordance with the terms
set forth herein.

    
      SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the
parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors
and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the
Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that are
contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and
assigns.

          (b) Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights
and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its New Money Commitments and
the Loans at the time owing to it); provided, however, that (i) except in the case of an assignment
to a Lender or an Affiliate or Related Fund of
a Lender, (x) the Administrative Agent must give its prior written consent to such assignment
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (y) the amount of the Delayed
Draw Commitment, Interim Date Loan Commitment or Loan of the assigning Lender subject to each such
assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment
is delivered to the Administrative Agent on an aggregate basis in the event of concurrent
assignments to Related Funds) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (or, if less and as applicable, the
entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Delayed Draw Commitment, Interim Date Loan Commitment or
applicable Loans), (ii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to
the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and
shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be
waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent); provided that only one such
fee shall be payable in the case of concurrent assignments to two or more Related Funds, (iii) the
assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative
Questionnaire and applicable tax forms and (iv) if such assignment relates to New Money Commitments
or New Money Loans, such assignment must comply with the provisions set forth in clause (k) below.
Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 9.04, from and after the
effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a
party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have
the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder
shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from
its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all
or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such
Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of
Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet
paid).

 

 72 

          (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder
and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other
parties hereto as follows:  (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial
owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its New
Money Commitments, and the outstanding balances of its Loans, in each case without giving effect to
assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and
Acceptance; (ii) except as set forth in clause (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties
or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan
Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition
of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that
it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms
that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial
statements referred to in Section 3.05(a) or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and such other
documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision
to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without
reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other
Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement;
(vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to
take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are
delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that
it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this
Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

          (d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall
maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance
delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and
the New Money Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to
the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may
treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender
hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register
shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

73

          (e) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning
Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire and applicable tax forms completed in
respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing
and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above and, if required, the written consent of the
Administrative Agent to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such
Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No
assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this
paragraph (e).

          (f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent sell
participations to one or more banks or other entities in all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its New Money Commitment and the
Loans owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement
shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties
hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other entities
shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16
and 2.20 and shall be bound by the confidentiality provisions contained in Section 9.16 to the same
extent as if they were Lenders, (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall
continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and
obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the
obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans and to approve any amendment, modification or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers
decreasing any fees payable to such participating bank or person hereunder or the amount of
principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans in which such participating bank
or person has an interest, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the
payment of interest on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest,
increasing or extending the New Money Commitments of such participating bank or person or releasing
any Guarantor or all or substantially all of the Collateral) and (v) all such sales of a
participation in all or any portion of New Money Commitments or New Money Loans shall comply with
the provisions set forth in clause (k) below. All amounts payable by the Borrower to any Lender
hereunder in respect of any Loan and the
applicability of the cost protection provisions contained in Section 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 shall
be determined as if such Lender had not sold or agreed to sell any participation in such Loan, and
as if such Lender were funding the participated portion of such Loan the same way that it is
funding the portion of such Loan in which no participation has been sold.

          (g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or
proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.04, disclose to the assignee or
participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to the Borrower furnished
to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of
information designated by the Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or participant or
proposed assignee or participant shall

 

74

execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant
shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential
information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to
Section 9.16.

          (h) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement
to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender;
provided that no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or
substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. Any Lender that is a fund that
invests in bank loans may (without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) pledge
all or any portion of its rights in connection with this Agreement to the trustee for holders of
obligations owed, or securities issued, by such fund as security for such obligations or
securities, provided that any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies by such trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section 9.04 regarding assignments in all respects. No pledge
described in the immediately preceding sentence shall release such Lender from its obligations
hereunder.

          (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting
Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”), identified as such in writing
from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option
to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be
obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein
shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise
such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall
be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC
hereunder shall utilize the New Money Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as
if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall
be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for
which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto
hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the
date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or
other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person
in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04, any SPC may (i) with
notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and
without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans
to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and
Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC
to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any
non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or
provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

 

75

          (j) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties
hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each
Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

          (k) In the case of any (i) (A) assignment of Interim Date Loan Commitments or Interim Date
Loans or (B) sale of a participation interest in Interim Date Loan Commitments or Interim Date
Loans, such assigning or selling Lender must also assign or sell a participation in, as applicable,
an equal pro rata portion of its Delayed Draw Commitments or Delayed Draw Loans, as applicable, to
the applicable assignee or purchaser and (ii) (A) assignment of Delayed Draw Commitments or Delayed
Draw Loans or (B) sale of a participation interest in Delayed Draw Commitments or Delayed Draw
Loans, such assigning or selling Lender must also assign or sell, a participation in, as
applicable, an equal pro rata portion of its Interim Date Loan Commitments or Interim Date Loans,
as applicable, to the applicable assignee or purchaser.

          SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity. (a)  The Borrower and Holdings agree, jointly and severally,
to pay all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates in connection with
the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein and the consummation of the
Transactions contemplated hereby (including the Bankruptcy Cases) and the preparation and
administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments,
modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions
hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in
connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made
hereunder (including, with respect to this Section 9.05(a), the reasonable fees, charges and
disbursements of (i) Blackstone, financial advisor to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral
Agent (as provided in the letter agreement between Blackstone and the Administrative Agent dated as
of December 13, 2007), (ii) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent and the
Collateral Agent and (iii) Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Lenders) and, in connection with any
such enforcement or protection, the fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender.

          (b) The Borrower and Holdings agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify the Administrative
Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and each Related Lender Party of any of the foregoing
persons (each such person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee
harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including
reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee
arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the
performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation
of the Transactions contemplated thereby (including the Bankruptcy

 

76

Cases), (ii) the use of the
proceeds of the Loans, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of
the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such
matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their
respective Affiliates), or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on
any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or
any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or the Subsidiaries; provided that
such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or
wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

          (c) To the extent that Holdings and the Borrower fail to pay any amount required to be paid
by them to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this
Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent,
as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable
unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the
unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case
may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its
capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon
its share of the sum of the outstanding Loans and unused New Money Commitments at the time.

          (d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall
assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for
special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages)
arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or
instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions contemplated hereby (including the Bankruptcy
Cases), any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

          (e) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the
expiration of the New Money Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or
provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf
of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this
Section 9.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

          SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
subject to any required notice
provided in the Orders, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except
to the extent otherwise prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or
special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time
owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or Holdings

 

77

against any of
and all the obligations of the Borrower or Holdings now or hereafter existing under this Agreement
and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have
made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may
be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights
and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

          SECTION 9.07. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS
EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment. (a)  No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent,
the Collateral Agent or any
Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as
a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any
abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of
the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise
have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any
departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless
the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand
on the Borrower or Holdings in any case shall entitle the Borrower or Holdings to any other or
further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except
pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower, Holdings and the
Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount
of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of
any interest on any Loan, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the
rate of interest on any Loan, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected
thereby, (ii) increase or extend the New Money Commitment or decrease or extend the date for
payment of any Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or
modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17, the provisions of Section 9.04(j), the provisions
of this Section, the definition of the term “Pro rata Percentage” or “Required Lenders” or release
any Guarantor or all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of
each Lender, (iv) change the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms
adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class
differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written
consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused New Money
Commitments of each adversely affected Class or (v) modify the protections

 

78

afforded to an SPC
pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.04(i) without the written consent of such SPC; provided
further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent without the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
Borrower shall request the release of any Collateral to be sold as part of any Asset Sale permitted
under Section 6.05 and shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate to the effect that such
Asset Sale and the disposition of the proceeds thereof will comply with the terms of this
Agreement, the Collateral Agent, if satisfied that the applicable certificate is correct, shall and
is hereby authorized to, without the consent of any Lender, execute and deliver all such
instruments as may be required to effect the release of such Collateral. Notwithstanding the
foregoing or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, no
waiver, amendment or modification of Section 2.15 of this Agreement or any other provision relating
to the priority of payment of New Money Loans over Rollover Loans, including Sections 2.11, 2.12,
and 2.13, shall be effective without the consent of Lenders having 100% of the aggregate amount of
New Money Loans and outstanding New Money Commitments.

          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the consent of Lenders holding 60% in aggregate
principal amount of the Delayed Draw Commitments, any condition precedent to funding of the Delayed
Draw Loans set forth in Section 4.03 may be waived (it being understood that any such waiver shall
not operate as a waiver of any underlying Default or Event of Default resulting in such condition
precedent not being satisfied) and it is understood that the Delayed Draw Loans will be funded if
the conditions precedent described in Section 4.03 are satisfied or waived in accordance with terms
hereof.

          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lenders holding two-thirds in aggregate principal amount
of the Rollover Loans may, for the entire Class of Rollover
Loans, (i) waive treatment under 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code in connection with a Plan
of Reorganization and (ii) accept other consideration for such Rollover Loans in connection
therewith.

          SECTION 9.09. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
if at any time the interest rate applicable to
any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such
Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the
“Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender
holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of
such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the
Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in
respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall
be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or
periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount,
together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall
have been received by such Lender.

 

79

          SECTION 9.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Fee Letter and the other Loan
Documents constitute the entire contract
between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is
intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective
successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the
Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any
rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents.

          SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT
MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF,
UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO
(A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO
ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE,
BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11.

          SECTION 9.12. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions
contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan
Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in
a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any
other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as
close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

          SECTION 9.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts
(and by different parties hereto on different
counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together
shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03.
Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other
electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this
Agreement.

          SECTION 9.14. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of
reference only, are not part of this

 

80

Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be
taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

          SECTION 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a)  Each of Holdings
and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits,
for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and any
New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and
any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and
each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect
of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the
extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final
judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this
Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender
may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents against the Borrower, Holdings or their respective properties in the courts of any
jurisdiction.

          (b) Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the
fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter
have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court (including the
Bankruptcy Court). Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or
proceeding in any such court.

          (c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner
provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party
to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

          SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent,
the Collateral Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the
confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed
(a) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants,
legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is
made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such
Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or
quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to
the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process
(including, in each case, in respect of the Bankruptcy Cases), (d) in connection with the exercise
of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding
relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement
containing provisions substantially

 

81

the same as those of this Section 9.16, to (i) any actual or
prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any
swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their
respective obligations, (f) with the consent of the Borrower or (g) to the extent such Information
becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16. For the
purposes of this Section, “Information” shall mean all information received from the Borrower or
Holdings and related to the Borrower or Holdings or their business, other than any such information
that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender on a
nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Borrower or Holdings; provided that, in the
case of Information received from the Borrower or Holdings after the date hereof, such information
is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or such information is of such a
nature that a prudent person would expect such information to be confidential. Any person required
to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.16 shall be considered
to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care
to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord its own
confidential information.

          SECTION 9.17. [Reserved].

          SECTION 9.18. U.S.A. Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender and the
Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby
notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act (Title III of
Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify
and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and
address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative
Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	BUFFETS, INC., as a Debtor and Debtor in Possession

 	 
	 	by:  	/s/ A. Keith Wall
 	 
	 	Name:  A. Keith Wall 
	 	Title:  EVP, Chief Financial Officer 
	 
	 	BUFFETS HOLDINGS, INC., as a Debtor and Debtor in Possession

 	 
	 	by:  	/s/ A. Keith Wall
 	 
	 	Name:  A. Keith Wall 
	 	Title:  EVP, Chief Financial Officer 
	 

Credit Agreement

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 	 
	 	by:  	/s/
Robert Hetu	 
	 	Name:  	Robert Hetu	 
	 	Title:  	Managing Director	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	by:  	/s/
Denise Alvarez	 
	 	Name:  	Denise Alvarez	 
	 	Title:  	Vice President	 
	 

Credit Agreement

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Robert Hetu
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Robert Hetu 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Managing Director 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Denise Alvarez
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Denise Alvarez 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

Credit Agreement

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, as 

Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent

 	 
	 	by:  	/s/
Christopher G. Cunningham	 
	 	Name:	  	Christopher G. Cunningham	 
	 	Title:	  	Managing Director	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	by:  	 	 
	 	Name:	  	 	 
	 	Title:	  	 	 
	 

Credit Agreement

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WATERSHED CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P., as 

Lender

 	 
	 	By  	/s/
Meridee Moen
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Meridee Moen	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Managing Member	 
	 
	 	WATERSHED CAPITAL INSTITUTIONAL 

PARTNERS, L.P., as Lender

 	 
	 	By  	/s/
Meridee Moen	 
	 	 	Name:  	Meridee Moen	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Managing Member	 
	 

Credit Agreement

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00135-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00135-of-00352.parquet"}]]